E Directional Controls PDF

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
E
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................................................Page 331
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331
“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331
Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331
Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451
Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497
327
■Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
● Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
● Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
●" " Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
● Pilot /Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
● Poppet Type Directional Valves
● Check /Pilot Controlled Check Valves
328 Directional Valves

Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Type of Fluids Remarks

Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type. When phosphate ester
1)
Synthetic Fluids type fluid is to be used, prefix “F-” to the model number
because a special seal (fluororubber) will be used.
Water Containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.
Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.

2: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT- 06 and DMT- 10 , only petroleum base oils
06X 10X
and polyol ester type fluids are available.
3: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for two types of solenoid operated poppet type two-way valves; CDST-
03✻ and CDSG-03 types.
4: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives is
advance. E
2. Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name Viscosity Oil Temperature
Directional Valves
DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 20 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(100 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves 15 – 400 mm2/s –15 – +70°C
Pilot Controlled Directional Valves (80 – 1800 SSU) (5 – 160°F)
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Check Valves
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 15 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(Shifting Time Adjustable) (80 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 µm or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µm or finer line filter).
Directional Valves 329

■ Water-proof, dust-proof and vibration-resistance
There properties are in compliance with the following standards.
(The marking of indicates compliance)
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
DSHG-01 G-DSG-01
DSLG
Item Standard Type Description DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04 DSLHG CDS❇
(S-)DSHG-06 DSG-03 G-DSHG-06 DSP❇
(S-)DSHG-10
JIS F8001 Class 1 water spray Drip-proof construction
Water-proof test
for marine Class 2 water spray Froth-roof construction
electric appliance
Damp-proof test M1 Test to examine damp-resistance of parts
JIS D0203 Damp-proof test M2 Test to examine functions of part under high
temperature and high humidity
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile Splash-proof test R1 Test to examine functions of parts which are
likely to be exposed to water splash.
parts
Splash-proof test R2 Test to examine functions of parts which are
indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.
★2 JIS C0920 Drip-proof type Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electro- Rain-proof type Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.
mechanical parts Froth-proof type Not affected by water drip from any dirction.
an wiring
materials Jet-flow proof type Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Protection Class 2: Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of
Drip-proof type (2) 15 degrees or less.
Protection Class 3: Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60
(I.E.C) Rain-proof type degrees or less.
PUBL. 529 Protection Class 4: Not affected by water drip from any direction.
Froth-proof type
Protection Class 5: Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Jet-flow proof type
(I.E.C)
Dust-proof Protection Class 6 Fully protected from entry of dust.
PUBL. 529
Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz
Resonace test (IC) Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm
Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm
Grade 2: duplex amplitude-1.2 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
JIS C0911 Fixed frequency Frequence: 20 Hz
Vibration test for resistance test (IIC) Grade 3: duplex amplitude-1.8 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
small electric
appliances Grade 4: duplex amplitude-2.4 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Vibration-
resistance Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.3 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Variable frequency
resistance test (IIIC)
Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz
Grade A: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
JIS D1601 Class 1: having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Vibration test for mainly for parts of
automobile parts passenger car Grade B: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
vibration
★1 : No-spring detented type (2D✻) and No-spring type (2N✻) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
★2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.

“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
Pilot / Manually / Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Maximum Flow
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Pressure Page
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI) L /min
25 (3600) DSG−005 336
16 (2320) L−DSG−01
25 (3600) S−DSG−01 344
Solenoid Operated A B
Directional Valves a b 35 (5080) DSG−01

P T
16 (2320) L−DSG−03
25 (3600) S−DSG−03 361
31.5 (4580) DSG−03
Low Wattage (5W) Type A B
b E−DSG−01
Dolenoid Operated a
16 (2320) 378
Directional Valves P T E−DSG−03
25 (3600) T−S−DSG−01
Electronic Relay A B 379
a b
Incorporated 35 (5080) T−DSG−01
Solenoid Operated P T
Directional Valves 25 (3600) T−S−DSG−03 379

31.5 (4580) T−DSG−03
21 (3050) DSHG−01
Solenoid Controlled 25 (3600) DSHG−03

A B
Pilot Operated a b 381
DSHG−04/S−DSHG−04
Directional Valve Y P T
31.5 (4580) DSHG−06/S−DSHG−06
DSHG−10/S−DSHG−10
“ ” Series Shockless Type A B
a b G−DSG−01 412
Solenoid Operated 25 (3600)
Directional Valves P T G−DSG−03
“ ” Series Shockless Type A B
a b G−DSHG−04 418
Solenoid Controlled Pilot 25 (3600)
Y P T
Operated Directional Valves G−DSHG−06
A B
Pilot Operated 423
Directional Valves 31.5 (4580) DHG−04 06 10
X Y
P T
A B 21 (3050)
Manually Operated Threaded Connection (DMT) 03 06 10 429
Directional Valves 31.5 (4580) Sub-plate connection (DMG) 01
P T 03 04 06 10
A B
Mechanically Operated
7 (1020) Rotary (DR T
G) 02
P T
A
441
B
Directional Valves
P T
25 (3600) Cam Operated (DC T
G) 01 03

■ Spool Types
Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.
Spool Type Graphic Symbols Schematic Drawing Functions and Applications

(Centre Position)
A B
2 Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care
Closed Centre should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock
( All Ports ) P T
occurs when each port is blocked in transit.
T B P A
A B
3 Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.
Open Centre If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is
( All Ports ) P T
released to tank in transit.
T B P A
A B Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.

4 2-position type is used when system pressure is required to be
(Open Centre A, B&T) held in transit. Shock during transit is less compared to spool
P T T B P A type “2”.
40 A B
Open Centre A, B&T In a variation of spool type “4”, a restrictor is provided in A-T
( Restricted Flow ) and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.
P T T B P A
A B
5 It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuator
(Open Centre P, A&T) is halted at one way flow.
P T T B P A
A B
6 Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.
Open Centre P&T
( Closed Crossover ) P T
Suitable for series operation.
T B P A
A B
60 It is a variation of spool type “6”.
Open Centre P&T
( Open Crossover ) Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.
P T T B P A
A B
7
Open Centre All Ports Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.
( Restricted Flow )
P T T B P A
A B
Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the
8
same way as spool type “2”.
(2-Way)
It is used as 2 way type.
P T T B P A
A B
9 Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.
(Open Centre P, A&B)
P T T B P A
A B
10 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre B&T) neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
11 Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A
(Open Centre P&A) ports connected at neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
12 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre A&T) neutral.
P T T B P A

■ Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valves-
Mounting surfaces.
Model Numbers ISO Code of Mounting Surface
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–01
T–
G– ISO 4401–AB–03–4–A
DSHG–01
DMG–01
DCG–01
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–03
T– ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A
G–
DMG–03
DCG–03
DSHG–03 ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A✻
( )
S– DSHG–04
G– ISO 4401–AD–07–4–A
E
DHG–04
DMG–04
( )
S– DSHG–06
G–
ISO 4401–AE–08–4–A
DHG–06
DMG–06
Directional Valves
(S–) DSHG–10
DHG–10 ISO 4401–AF–10–4–A
DMG–10
✻ The main port conform to the ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A.
The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.
Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design
Model change has been made on the following product.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in
Installation between Current and New Design.” Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers Interchangeability Related

Name Major Changes
Currrent New in Installation Page
DSG–005– – –40/4090 ● High Flow
DSG–005 Series Solenoid DSG–005– ● Low Pressure Drop
– –30/3090 DSG–005– – – N –40/4090 Yes —
Operated Directional Valves N1 ● Din-connector type solenoid in addition
DSG–01 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves ( )
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
– –60/6090 ( )
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
– –70/7090 Yes 357
●
●
High Pressure and High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
1/8,3/8 Solenoid Controlled DSHG–01– – –13/1390 DSHG–01– – –14/1490 ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves DSHG–03– – –13/1390 DSHG–03– – –14/1490
1/2 Solenoid Controlled ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional (S–) DSHG–04– – –51/5190 (S–) DSHG–04– – –52/5290 Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves
3/4,1–1/4 Solenoid Controlled (S–) DSHG–06– – –52/5290 (S–) DSHG–06– – –53/5390 ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional (S–) DSHG–10– – –42/4290 (S–) DSHG–10– – –43/4390 Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves

■ Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves
WIDE RANGE OF MODELS – Choose the optimum valve to
meet your needs from a largeselection available.
S H
1100
(291)
H : High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type
(S–)DSHG–10
S : Shockless Type
G : Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable] S H

500
(132) P : Low Pressure Drop Type
(S–)DSHG–06
E : Low Wattage Type
S H
G
Maximum Flow L / min (U.S.GPM)
300
(79.3)
(S–)DSHG–04
250
(66.1) G–DSHG–06
G
S
160
(42.3)
P
DSHG–03 G–DSHG–04
S H
120
(31.7)
S–DSG–03 DSG–03 H
100
(26.4) G DSG–01
80
(21.1)
G–DSG–03
E S
63
(16.6)
E–DSG–03 S–DSG–01
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
S G
E
40
(10.6) E–DSG–01 DSHG–01 G–DSG–01
E
30
(7.9)
E–DSG–01
15
(4.0) DSG–005
0 16 21 25 31.5 35
(2320) (3050) (3630) (4570) (5080)
Pressure MPa (PSI)
334 Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

Instructions
● Mounting
DSG-005 No mounting restrictions for any model.
-DSG-01 No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that
-DSG-03 the spool axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. L L’
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04 No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
(S-) DSHG-06 axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. ,
(S-) DSHG-10 L L
-DSHG
● Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
E
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
● Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled

Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
● Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Valve
Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.
● Shockless Type
In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary to fill the lbf. N
30 150
tank line with operating oil. 05
G-0
Directional Valves
r DS
Operating
20 100 pt fo
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the exce
Force
valve be used on a regular basis. 10 50 05

DSG-0
0
● Operating Force be Manual Actuator 0 1 2 3 4 MPa
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator increases in 0 100 200 300 400 500 PSI
proportion to the tank line back pressure. (See the graph right.) Tank Line Back Pressure
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Solenoid
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectors- connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
Characteristics and requirements). peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
■ AC Solenoid to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re-
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated against transient voltage peaks are assured.
Directional Valve) ■ RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid Return Solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for
characteristics: the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays. Model numbers Insulation Class
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01
normally experienced. L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03 Class H
approximately 50 %. E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03 Class F
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves 335

■ Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-005 Series
These DSG-005 series solenoid directional valves are the pro-ducts
newly developed as a “Mini-series”. Compared with DSG-01
series, the valve are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a
maximum operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum
flow rate of 15 L/min (3.96 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to
a space saving requirement. Moreover, using wet armature
solenoids, the valves ensure the long life.
Flying Lead Wire Type
Plug-in Connector Type
■ Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Tank-Line Max. Changeover

Max. Flow ★ Frequency Approx. Mass
Pressure Back Pressure
Model Numbers L/min kg
MPa MPa min–1
(U.S.GPM) (Cycles/min) (lbs.)
(PSI) (PSI)
DSG-005-3C - -40/4090 15 25 7 0.5 (1.1)

120
DSG-005-2B - -40/4090 (3.96) (3630) (1020) 0.4 (.9)
★ The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.
The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the “List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow” on pages 338 to 339.
■ Solenoid Rating
Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage

Frequency
Electric Source Coil Type ★1
(Hz) Inrush Holding Power
Source Rating Serviceable
(A) (A) (W)
50 80 – 110 0.36 0.16

A100 100
60 90 – 120 0.34 0.11
AC —
50 160 – 220 0.18 0.08
A200 200
60 180 – 240 0.17 0.05
★2 D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 1.2
DC — — 15
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.6
★1 Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
★2
336 DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Model Number Designation

F- DSG -005 -3 C 2 -D24 -N -40
Number of Spool-Spring Electrical Conduit Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Spool Type Coil Type
Valve Position Arrangement Connection Number Standard
None: Flying Lead

F: C: 2, 3 AC Wire Type
Special Seals for 3
Spring Centred 40 A100, A200 N: Plug-in
Phosphate Ester DSG: ★
Type Fluids Solenoid Operated 005 DC Connector Type 40 Refer to
(Omit if not Directional Valve B: D12, D24 N1: Plug-in
required) 2 2, 3 Connector with
Spring Offset
Indicator Light
★ Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard “JIS” and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
■ Sub-plates
Piping
Size
Japanese Standard “JIS”
Sub-plate Thread
European Design Standard
Sub-plate Thread
N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate Thread
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
1/8 DSGM-005X-20 Rc 1/8 DSGM-005X-2080 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-005X-2090 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
1/4 DSGM-005Y-20 Rc 1/4 DSGM-005Y-2080 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-005Y-2090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Operated Directional Valves

DSG-005 Series Solenoid
■ Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard “JIS”
M4 × 35 Lg.
European Design Standard 2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)
N. American Design Standard No. 8-32 UNC × 1-3/8 Lg.
■ Typical Changeover Time (Example)

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
ON [Test Conditions]
Solenoid OFF OFF Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Spool Shift 0 0
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Max.
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
T1 T2
A B
Direction of Flow: P T
B A
[Result of Measurement]
Time ms
Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-005-3C2-A 16 60
DSG-005-3C2-D 23 40
DSG-005-2B2-A 14 45
DSG-005-2B2-D 15 33
DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 337

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Max. Flow L/min
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position
P T P A [ Port "B" Blocked] P B [ Port "A" Blocked]

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5) 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15
P T 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5) 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5)
A B 15(14) 15(10) 13(5) 6(0.5)
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 2 1 1 1
Spring
Offset
15(14) 14(9) 8(4) 4(0.5)

Two
P T
A B 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 3 3 3 3 15
P T 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example ) 50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At rated voltage
(80% of rated voltage)
The maximum flow rate is constant
regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 15 (14)
15
any voltage variants within the 15 (14)
serviceable voltage
60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Max. Flow L/min
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15 8 5 3 15 8 5 3
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 12 5 3 2 12 5 3 2
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 13 8 5 13 8 5
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T 9 5.5 3.5 9 5.5 3.5
A B 15 11 9
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 8.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 15

Spring
Offset
11 7.5 5.5
Two
P T
A B
13.5
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 8 7 8 9 15 15 15
P T 10.5
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example ) At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant 13
regardless of any voltage variants 15 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 9 (90% of rated voltage)

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1) 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1)
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6) 3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 .5 .3 .3 .3

Spring
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
Offset
4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)
Two
P T
DSG-005-2B3
A B
P T
b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 .8 .8 .8 .8 4.0
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4) E

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 4.0(3.7)
4.0

any voltage variants within the 4.0(3.7)

serviceable voltage
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0 .8 4.0 2.1 1.3 .8
2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 3.2 1.3 .8 .5 3.2 1.3 .8 .5
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 3.4 2.1 1.3 3.4 2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.4 1.5 .9 2.4 1.5 .9
A B 4.0 2.9 2.4
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 2.3 1.2 1.7 1.7 4.0
Spring
Offset
2.9 2.0 1.5

Two
P T
A B
3.6
DSG-005-2B3 b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.1 1.9 2.1 2.4 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.8

The maximum flow rate is constant 3.4
regardless of any voltage variants 4.0 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 2.4 (90% of rated voltage)

■ Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
PSI MPa
300 2.0 1 Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
Model Numbers
250 P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T
Pressure Drop ∆P
1.6 2
200 DSG-005-3C2 4 4 4 4 —
1.2 3
DSG-005-3C3 5 5 5 5 3
150 4
DSG-005-3C40 4 4 4 4 —
0.8
100 1 1 4 4 —
5 DSG-005-2B2
50 0.4 DSG-005-2B3 2 2 4 4 —
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
● For any other specific gravity (G’), the pressure drop (∆P) may be obtained from the formula below.
∆P’ = ∆P (G’/0.850)

■ Flying Lead Wire Type

A -40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D ● Spring Offset:
DSG-005-2B - A -40/4090
Space Needed to Remove D
132 (5.20) Solenoid-Each End.
32 (1.26)
28 52
4.5(.18) Dia Through (1.10) (2.05)
8(.31) Dia Spotface Pressure Port "P"
4
4 Places SOL b
25(.98)
(1.30)
33
93
(3.66)
Cylinder Port "B" 8 Cylinder Port "A"
(.31)
44 ● For other dimensions, refer
(1.73) Tank Port "T" to “Spring Centred” type.
Lead Wire Manual Actuator

270(10.63)
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
Approx.
29(1.14)
(1.34)
SOL a SOL b
34
3 16(.63)
(.12)
Mounting Surface 2(.08) Dia. 17

(O-Rings Furnished) Location Pin (.67)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
■ DIN Connector Type / DIN Connector with Indicator Light

A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Offset: DSG-005-2B -D The position of the Plug-in connector can be
changed as illustrated below by loosening the
Cable Departure lock nut. After completion of the change, be
46 18 30.1 Cable Applicable: 15.8 sure to tighten the lock nut with the torque as
(1.81) (.71) (1.19) Outside Dia. .... 3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.) (.62) specified below.
Conductor Area ....
Not Exceeding .75mm2 (.0012 sq. in.)
65.1(2.56)
(2.87)
73
46(1.81)
SOL a SOL b
Single Solenoid Models Only Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:
2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)
● For other dimensions, refer to “Flying Lead Wire Type”.

DIMENSIONS IN
■ Sub-plates: DSGM-005 -20/2080/2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
28 21.5
(1.10) (.85)
20.75 32 58.5
7(.28) Dia. Through
(.82) (1.26) (2.30)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 16(.63)
14 35.5 "C" Thd.
2 Places 4 Places
(.55) 2.7(.11) Dia. (1.40)
7.25 15 12.5
(.30)
7.5
(.29) 4(.16) Deep (.59)

(.85) 12.5(.49)
(.49)
3.5(.14)
(.43)
11
(.45)
25(.98) 11.5
(.94)
24
63 (2.48)
48 (1.89)
(1.46)
B
21.5
37
T
"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep 71 7

4 Places (2.80) (.28)
85
(3.35)
4.3(.17) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate Piping Size

"D" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd.
DSGM-005X-20 Rc 1/8
M4
DSGM-005X-2080 1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-005X-2090 1/8 NPT No. 8-32 UNC
DSGM-005Y-20 Rc 1/4
M4
DSGM-005Y-2080 1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-005Y-2090 1/4 NPT No. 8-32 UNC

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y
DSG-005- - -40/4090 13 7 8
SOL a SOL b
4 10 5 2
5 3 11 2 1 12 21 23 22 20 24 25
30 9 31 E

List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Remarks
3C 2B
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 — 1
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4 4
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 1 Included in Solenoid Ass’y
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number “KS-DSG-005-40”.
■ Solenoid Ass’y, Coil and Connector Ass’y No.

Connector Connector
Valve Model Number 9 Solenoid Ass’y No. @2 Coil No. #0 Ass’y Part No. #1 Ass’y Part No. Remarks
DSG-005- -A100 SA05-100-40 C-SA05-100-40

DSG-005- -A200 SA05-200-40 C-SA05-200-40
Flying Lead Wire Type
DSG-005- -D12 SD05-12-40 C-SD05-12-40
DSG-005- -D24 SD-05-24-40 C-SD-05-24-40
DSG-005- -A100-N SA05-100-N-40 C-SA05-100-N-40
DSG-005- -A200-N SA05-200-N-40 C-SA05-200-N-40
TK290058-7 TK290058-7 Plug-in Connector Type
DSG-005- -D12-N SD05-12-N-40 C-SD05-12-N-40
DSG-005- -D24-N SD-05-24-N-40 C-SD-05-24-N-40
DSG-005- -A100-N1 SA05-100-N-40 C-SA05-100-N-40 TK290378-9 TK290378-9
Plug-in Connector
DSG-005- -A200-N1 SA05-200-N-40 C-SA05-200-N-40 TK290379-7 TK290379-7
with
DSG-005- -D12-N1 SD05-12-N-40 C-SD05-12-N-40 TK290089-2 TK290089-2 Indicator Light
DSG-005- -D24-N1 SD-05-24-N-40 C-SD-05-24-N-40 TK290090-0 TK290090-0

■ 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-01 Series
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high
flow and low pressure drop, the features of which can be materialized
by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow
channel design.
● High Pressure & High Flow Rate
In comparison to our existing lines, both the pressure and flow of
these valves are much increased.
● Max. Operating Pressure: approx. 10 % increased [31.5→35 MPa
(4570 →5080 PSI)] Terminal Box Type
● Max. T-Line Back Pressure: approx. 30 % increased [16→21 MPa
(2320 →3050 PSI)]
● Max. Flow Rate: approx. 60 % increased [63→100 L/min (16.64
→26.42 U.S.GPM)]
● Low Pressure Drop
The pressure drop of these valves is reduced by 10 % from 1.0 to 0.9
MPa (145 to 131 PSI), in comparison to our existing lines*; the valves
effectively reduce the energy consumption of the unit.
{* At Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Spool Type: 3C2 (P→A)}
● Compact & Small Mass
Despite of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, these valve Plug-in Connector Type
bodies are compact and lightweight with DC double solenoids; the
overall length and mass are reduced from 210 to 205 mm (8.26 to 8.07
inch) and from 2.2 to 1.85 kg (4.85 to 4.08 lbs), respectively.
● Shockless type available
In addition to the standard valves for high pressure and high flow, a
shockless type capable of minimizing noise and vibration in piping
during spool changeover is also available.
● Stable Operation
Due to the powerful magnetic and spring force of the solenoids, these
valves exhibit a high tolerance to contaminants and especially stable
operation.
● IP65-equivalent high dust- and water-proof
These valves demonstrate excellent dust- and water-proof
characteristics, in compliance with I. E. C. Pub. 529. IP65 and JIS C
0920 IP65 (dust- and jet-proof type).
● Usable in products of various standards
These standard valves are CE certified for installation in equipment overseas.
UL/CSA certified products are also available.
■ Specifications
Max. Flow ★2 Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Mass
Valve Type Model Numbers L/min Pressure Back Pressure Frequency kg
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min–1} (lbs.)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 300 1.85
100 35 21 (4.08)
Standard Type DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 (26.4) (5080) R Type Sol. Only
(3050)
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 120 1.4(3.09)
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 63 25 21 1.85(4.08)
Shockless Type 120
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090 (16.6) (3630) (3050) 1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
300 1.85
Low Wattage(14W) L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 40 16 16 (4.08)
R Type Sol. Only
Type ★1 L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090 (10.6) (2320) (2320)
120
L-DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 1.4(3.09)
★ 1. For details of L-DSG-01, please contact us.

★ 2. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347
to 351 for details.

Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS " European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Mass
Size
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP. F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
1/4 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP. F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

Japanese Standard "JIS"
M5 × 45 Lg. 5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)
European Design Standard Applicable to working pressure more than
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC × 1-3/4 Lg . 25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
E
Solenoid Ratings
Coil Frequency Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Valve Type Electric source
Type (Hz) Source Ratin g Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
50 100 80 - 110 2.42 0.51
A100 100 2.14 0.37
60 90 - 120

110 2.35 0.44

50 96 - 132 2.02 0.42
A120 120
1 60 108 - 144 1.78 0.31
Standard AC
Type 50 200 160 - 220 1.21 0.25
A200 200 1.07 0.19
60 180 - 240
220 1.18 0.22
50 192 - 264 1.01 0.21
Shockless A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.89 0.15
Type
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45
DC (K Series ) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23 29
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.61
R100 100 90 - 110 0.33
AC → DC Rectified (R ) 50/60 29
R200 200 180 - 220 0.16
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
2. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
■ Options
Lock Nut
● Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition. SOL b
Push Button
● Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light Plug-in Connector

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector With Indicator Light
type solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid
can be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
SOL b

F- S- DSG - 01 -2 B 2 A -D24 -C -N -70 -L
Special Two Models with
Number Spool- Position Valve Electrical Reverse Mtg. of
Special Shockless Series Valve Spool Coil Manual Design Design Solenoid
of Valve Spring Conduit
Seals Type Number Size Type Omit if not Type Override Number Standard Omit if not
Positions Arrangement Connection
required required
2, 3
3: C: 4, 40 None:
AC:
Three Spring Japanese
60, 9 A100
Positions Centred Std. "JIS"
10, 11 A120
12 None: None:
A200
Manual Terminal 90:
A240 Override Box Type N.American
Pin Design Std.
DC:
None: D: D12
Standard No-Spring 2
Type D24
Detented
D48
F: C:
For Phosphate DSG: 2: Push
Ester Type Solenoid Button
01 Two 70
Fluids Operated R: and
Positions N: None:
(Omit if not Directional Lock Nut
required (AC → Plug-in Japanese
Valve (Option)
2 DC) Connector Std. "JIS"
B: A
1
Type and
3 1
R100 L
Spring B European
Offset 8 R200 2 Design
N1 : Std.
Plug-in
Connector
Type 90:
DC: with
3: C: D12 N. American
2 Indicator
Three Spring D24 Light Design
S: Positions Centred 4 D48 (Option) Std.
Shockless
Type R:
(AC →
2: B:
DC)
Two Spring 2 R100 L
Positions Offset R200
★1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
★2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.


● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A
Max. Flow L /min
Spool-Spring Arrangement
No. of Valve Positions
[Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35
a
A B
b
100（43）100（41） 80（21） 60（17） 38（15） 100（43）100（41） 80（21） 60（17） 38（15）
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 57（38） 53（31） 29（17） 19（10） 13（9） 57（38） 53（31） 29（17） 19（10） 13（9）
AB
100（80）100（80）100（80）100（77）100（77） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46）
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30）
a
AB
b
90 90（22） 35（18） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15） 57（10） 35（7） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15） 57（10） 35（7）
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 90（26） 43（14） 30（11） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10） 16（7） 12（5） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10） 16（7） 12（5）
AB
85 85 85 80（40） 80（22） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24） 60（16） 55（12） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24） 60（16） 55（12）
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 80 80 80（30） 63（15） 25（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16） 22（13） 18（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16） 22（13） 18（10）
a
AB
b
43（23） 43（23） 42（23） 42（23） 42（23） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32） 52（32） 52（32） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32） 52（32） 52（32）
DSG−01−3C60
PT 40（23） 40（23） 38（23） 36（23） 35（23） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30）

AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8

PT
a
AB
b
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13）
DSG−01−3C10 100
PT 100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10）
a
AB
100（65） 85（52） 72（45） 65（34） 60（27）
DSG−01−3C11 b
100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 70（50） 57（40） 50（25） 43（19） 35（18）
a
AB
b
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13）
DSG−01−3C12 100
PT 100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10）
45（21） 45（16） 38（13） 50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）

No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
36（18） 28（13） 22（12） 50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）
AB
85（63） 80（50） 63（40） 44（32） 44（32）
DSG−01−2B2 b 85 85 85 85 85 20 16 16 15 13
85（30） 60（33） 50（28） 40（28） 40（28）
Spring Offset
PT
AB
80（70） 80（70） 80（70） 80（70） 80（70）
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 70（48） 70（48） 70（48） 70（48） 70（48）
AB
80（50） 70（40） 60（20） 45（10） 30（10）
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35（20） 23（15） 15（8） 10（5） 7（5）

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 100 (43)
100
any voltage variants within the 57 (38)
serviceable voltage
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time
of delivery beforehand.

● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R
Max. Flow L /mi
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35
a
A B
b
100 45 28 25 22 100 45 28 25 22
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 55 35 23 19 17 55 35 23 19 17
a
AB
b
100 100 100 100 100 78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75
DSG−01−3C3
PT 80 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
a
AB
b
90 50 38 100 58 38 31 29 100 58 38 31 29
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 42 26 20 62 48 30 25 23 62 48 30 25 23
Three Positions
52 30 26 24 85 52 30 26 24
Spring Centred
a
AB
b
65 40 33 85
DSG−01−3C40 85 85
PT 45 30 26 65 36 25 21 19 65 36 25 21 19
a
AB
b
50 50 50 50 50 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66
DSG−01−3C60
PT 41 41 41 41 41 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8
PT
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C10 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
a
AB
b
100 60 40 36 32
DSG−01−3C11 100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 85 46 32 28 24
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C12 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
75 75 75 75 75 40 30 27 50 50 45 45
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
70 70 70 70 70 30 25 22 45 42 40 40
AB
46 31 24 22 22
DSG−01−2B2 80 80 80 80 80 20 16 16 15 13
Spring Offset
b
PT 32 23 19 18 18
AB
75 75 75 75 75
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 65 65 65 65 65
AB
53 35 23 19 17
DSG−01−2B8 b 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35 30 17 13 12
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.

The maximum flow rate is constant 100
regardless of any voltage variants 100 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 55 (90% of rated voltage)

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time


● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
a b
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
AB
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
AB
a b
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
AB
22.5 22.5 22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
AB
a b
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)

AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1

PT
AB
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)
DSG−01−3C10 a b
26.4
PT 26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)
a
AB
b
26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0) 15.9(7.1)
DSG−01−3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3
PT 18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0) 9.2(4.8)
a
AB
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)
DSG−01−3C12 b 26.4
PT 26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)
11.9(5.6) 11.9(4.2) 10.0(3.4) 13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)

No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
9.5(4.8) 7.4(3.4) 5.8(3.2) 13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
AB
22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)
DSG−01−2B2 b 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)
Spring Offset
PT
AB
21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)
AB
21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 26.4(11.4)
26.4
any voltage variants within the 15.1(10.0)
serviceable voltage


● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
a
A B
b
26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8 26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5
a
AB
b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8
DSG−01−3C3
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5
a
AB
b
23.8 13.2 10.0 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 11.1 6.9 5.3 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1
Three Positions
7.9 6.9 6.3 22.5 13.7 7.9 6.9 6.3

Spring Centred
a
AB
b
17.2 10.6 8.7 22.5 13.7
DSG−01−3C40 22.5 22.5
PT 11.9 7.9 6.9 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0
a
AB
b
13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1
PT
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C10 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
a
AB
b
26.4 15.9 10.6 9.5 8.5
DSG−01−3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3
PT 22.5 12.2 8.5 7.4 6.3
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C12 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 10.6 7.9 7.1 13.2 13.2 11.9 11.9
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 7.9 6.6 5.8 13.2 11.1 10.6 10.6
AB
12.2 8.2 6.3 5.8 5.8
DSG−01−2B2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
Spring Offset
b
PT 8.5 6.1 5.0 4.8 4.8
AB
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2
AB
14.0 9.2 6.1 5.0 4.5
DSG−01−2B8 b 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.3 7.9 4.5 3.4 3.2

The maximum flow rate is constant 26.4
regardless of any voltage variants 26.4 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 14.5 (90% of rated voltage)

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time

Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)

Graphic
Mode Numbers 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 35 MPa
Symbol
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (5080 PSI)
AB
a b 55 44 30 26 22
DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R (14.5) (11.6) (7.9) (6.9) (5.8)
PT
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01- -D /R


No. of Spool-Spring Graphic
Valve Model Numbers Symbol A B A B
Arrangement A B
Positions
P T P T P T
Working Pressure Working Pressure Working Pressure

MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI)
10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25
(1450) (2320) (3630) (1450) (2320) (3630) (1450) (2320) (3630)
A B
40 32 25 40 32 25
a b 63 63 40 (10.6) (8.5) (6.6) (10.6) (8.5) (6.6)
S-DSG-01-3C2 (16.6) (16.6) (10.6) 32 20 16 32 20 16
Three Spring PT
(8.5) (5.3) (4.23) (8.5) (5.3) (4.23)
Positions Centred AB
50 40 40 32 16 40 32 16
S-DSG-01-3C4 a b 60 (13.2) (10.6) (10.6) (8.5) (4.2) (10.6) (8.5) (4.2)
PT
(15.9) 40 20 32 16 12 32 16 12
(10.6) (5.3) (8.45) (4.23) (3.17) (8.45) (4.23) (3.17)
AB 50 45 45
Two Spring (13.2) (11.9) (11.9) 30 30 30 60 40 40
Positions S-DSG-01-3B2 b
45 40 40 (7.9) (7.9) (7.9) (15.9) (10.6) (10.6)
Offset PT
(11.9) (10.6) (10.6)
( Example ) L/min At rated voltage

50 [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant (13.2)
60
regardless of any voltage variants At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage (15.9) 40 (90% of rated voltage)
(10.6)
U.S.GPM

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A B A B
SOL b a SOL a
b
P T P T
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"

Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position Position
A B
a b
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
"A": Use of Neutral and "B": Use of Neutral and
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbols
Model Numbers Model Numbers

Standard Reverse Standard Reverse
Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type
A B A B AB A B
DSG-01-2B A b a DSG-01-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
DSG-01-2B2A DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.

Typical Changeover Time

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions ] [Result of Measurement]

Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
ON
Flow Rate: 31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU) Solenoid OF F O FF
Voltage: 100 %V
(After coil temprature rises and saturated) Spool Shift 0 0
Max.
T1 T2
Type Model Numbers

T1
Time ms
T2
E
DSG-01-3C2- A 15 23
Standard
DSG-01-3C2- D 48 19
Type
DSG-01-3C2- R 50 100
Shockless Type

[Test Circuit and Conditions] [Reaults of Measurement]
Accelmeter
ON OF F
Speed SOL a
G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
a b Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1 T2
Time
Time Acceleratio n
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI) Type Model Nmbers ms m/s2 (G)
Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.) T1 T2 G1 G2
Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU ) Shockles s 12 7
S-DSG-01-3C2- D 70 30
Type (1.2 ) (0.7 )
Standard 18 15
DSG-01-3C2- D 35 25
Type (1.8 ) (1.5 )

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-01 Pressure Drop Curve Number

Model Numbers
PSI
MPa
1 2 P →A B→ T P →B A→ T P→ T
600
4
DSG-01-3C2 4 4 4 4
3
500 DSG-01-3C3 5 5 5 5 2
3 DSG-01-3C4 4 4 4 4
Pressure Drop P
400 4 DSG-01-3C40 4 4 4 4
5 DSG-01-3C60 1 1 1 1 2
300 2
DSG-01-3C9 5 3 5 3
200 DSG-01-3C10 4 5 4 4
1 DSG-01-3C11 4 4 4 4
100 DSG-01-3C12 4 4 4 5
DSG-01-2D2 5 4 5 4
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 L/min DSG-01-2B2 5 4 5 4
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 U.S.GPM DSG-01-2B3 5 5 5 5
Flow Rate DSG-01-2B8 5 4
Shockless Type: S-DSG-01

PSI
MPa
180 1.2
1 Pressure Drop Curve Number
160 Model Numbers
1.0 P →A B→ T P→ B A→ T
P
S-DSG-01-3C2 1 1 1 1
120 2
Pressure Drop
0.8
S-DSG-01-3C4 1 2 1 2
0.6 S-DSG-01-2B2 1 1 1 1
80
0.4
40
0.2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm 2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented DSG-01-2B -A -70/7090
3C -A -70/7090
DSG-01- 2D2 145.7
(5.74)
Solenoid Indicator Light Pressure Port "P"
(For Sol a) Cylinder Port "A"
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 76.7
(1.22) (.03)
SOL b
31 0.75
9.5(.37) C' Bore (1.59) (3.02)
4 Places
(1.28)
32.5
142.2
(5.60)
Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"
Solenoid Indicator Light
(For Sol b)
For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and
No-Spring Detented" models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position
E
SOL a side is also available.
Space Needed to Remove
Solenoid-Each End
196.4 45.5 Electrical Conduit Connection
(7.73) (1.79) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
95 50.7
(3.74) (2.00)
26 46

(1.02) (1.81)

33
(1.25)
23.5 47(1.85)
31.75
A100
(1.30)
(3.50)
88.8
T
SOL a SOL b A
B A
(.93)
3 5
P
(1.50)
38
13.5 27 3(.12) Dia. ★

(.53) (1.06)
Mounting Surface Lock Nut 5(.20) Deep
70 Manual Actuator-Both Ends
(O-Rings Furnished) Tightening Torque: 6(.24) Dia. VIEW ARROW X
(2.76)
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
X
★ Locating pin can be fitted to this hole to conform with
Model Numbers "C " Thd. ISO4401-03-02-94. However, locating pin is not provided
to standard design valve. When ordering valve with a
DSG-01- -A -70 G 1/2 locating pin, please consult Yuken.
DSG-01- -A -7090 1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D -70/7090
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -70/7090
Spring Centred
No-Spring Detented Space Needed to Remove
Spring Offset Solenoid-Each End
204.4(8.05) 50
(1.97)
149.7
(5.89)
80.7
(3.16)
D24
SOLa SOL b D
3 5
Double Solenoid
Spring Offset Type 146.2
Models Only
(5.76)
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.

Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190
DIMENSIONS IN
40.5 14.2
(1.59) (.56)
30.2 32
(1.19) "D" Thd. "E" Deep (1.26)
7 (.28) Dia. 21.5 16
4 Places "C" Thd.
4 Places (.85) (.63)
12.7(.50) 4 Places
15
(.30)
(.33)
7.5
8.5
(.59)
(.03)
0.75
(.61)
15.5
P
(1.02)
(2.48)
(1.89)
(1.22)
25.8
B
(1.25)
A
31.75
(.20)
63
5.2
48
31
(1.46)
37
(.94)
T
24
(.43)
11
12.5
71 7 7 (.28) Dia. Through
(.49)
(2.80) (.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface 35.5
85 2 Places
(1.40)
(3.35) 58.5
(2.30)
Sub-plate Piping Size "E"

"D" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. mm(IN.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT No. 10-24 UNC 12 (.47)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

DIMENSIONS IN
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A - N -70/7090
N1
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D - N -70/7090
N1
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -N-70/7090
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
C Cable Departure completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
Cable Applicable: with the torque as specified below.
D Outside Dia. .... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
72.5 29.5 Conductor Area .... 46(1.81)
H
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.85) (1.16) G
F
SOLa SOL b A100
E
(.93)
23.5
E
Double Solenoid Lock Nut
Models Only Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers C D E F G H
196.4 76.7 88.5 53 27.5 39
DSG-01- -A -N (7.73) (3.02) (3.48) (2.09) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 99.5 64 27.5 39
(S-)DSG-01- -D -N (8.05) (3.18) (3.92) (2.52) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 102.5 57.2 34 53
(S-)DSG-01- -R -N

(8.05) (3.18) (4.04) (2.25) (1.34) (2.09)

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 356).
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut AC: 132.2(5.20) Lock Nut
DC/R: 136.2(5.36) Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
(S-)DSG-01- - -C clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design

In ouder to achieve higher pressure, higher flow, lower pressure drop DSG-01 valves has been upgraded from the 60
design series to the 70 design series.
The figures in the table below are the comparison between the current and the new design valves.
● Specifications
Max. Flow Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Pressure Drop ★ Mass kg (lbs.)
Design Number L/min Pressure Back Pres. Frequency MPa (PSI)
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Cycle/min (min–1) {P→A} 3C /2D 2B
New Design: 70 100(26.4) 35(5080) 21(3050) 300 0.9(130) 1.85(4.08) 1.4(3.09)
Current Design: 60 63(16.6) 31.5(4570) 16(2320) (R Type sol. Only 120) 1.0(145) 2.2(4.85) 1.6(3.53)
★ Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)
● Interchangeability in Installation
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E F
Design
H C Coil Type A B C D E F H J K L
Number
New Design 196.4 142.2 46 88.8 95 50.7 26 70 13.5 70.5
: 70 (7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
A100
AC
Current Design 191.4 142.7 48 90.3 90 50.7 23.5 65 11 72
D
L
SOL a SOL b : 60
3
A
5
(7.54) (5.62) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.00) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
(1.50)
New Design 204.4 146.2 46 88.8 95 54.7 26 70 13.5 70.5

38
K 27 DC : 70 (8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
(1.06)
J R Current Design 210 152 48 90.3 90 60 23.5 65 11 72
B : 60 (8.27) (5.98) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.36) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type
Connection
Power Supply 3
Power Suppl y 3
(For SOL.a)
Power Supply 3
Ground 1
(For SOL.b)
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. a SOL. b SOL. b
Common Plate 2 Indicator Light Indicator Light
Ground 1
Common 3 Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in 1-Power Suppl y 3
Connector 3
2-Power Suppl y 3
Type
2
2
3
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it. DANGER
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC→DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Common Common Common

Ground Ground Voltage-Surge Ground Rectifier
Suppressor Circuit
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)

■ List of Seals
-DSG-01- - -70/7090
Spring Offset type 28

17
16 12 18 14 19 29 10 13 15
30
7
SOL a SOL b
6
5 4 3 1 8 2 27 25 24 21
11
23 20 26 22
E
-DSG-01- - -N/N1-70/7090
18 16 15 14 11 19

SOL a SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
3C 2D 2B
8 O-Ring SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90) 4 4 4
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1
18 Packing 1790S-VK421290-8 1 1 1
19 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
24 O-Ring AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70) 2 2 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 2 1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 2 2 1
30 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
-DSG-01- - -70/7090 KS-DSG-01-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above), 27 (4 Pcs.)
-DSG-01- - -N-70/7090 KS-DSG-01-N-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
11 20 13 18 19
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-01- -A100-70 SA1-100-70 C-SA1-100-70
DSG-01- -A120-70 SA1-120-70 C-SA1-120-70
R1-70
DSG-01- -A200-70 SA1-200-70 C-SA1-200-70
DSG-01- -A240-70 SA1-240-70 C-SA1-240-70
DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-70 C-SD1-24-70
Terminal
DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
Box
DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70 Type
DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-70 C-SR1-200-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-S-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-S-70 C-SD1-24-70
S-DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-S-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-S-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70
S-DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-S-70 C-SR1-200-70
DSG-01- -A100-N-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
DSG-01- -A200-N-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70
Plug-in
DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
Connector
DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10 Type
DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-S-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
S-DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-S-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-S-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
S-DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-S-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A100-N1-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N1-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
DSG-01- -A200-N1-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N1-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 Plug-in
Connector
DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
with
Indicator
DSG-01- -D48-N1-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11 Light
S-DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-03 Series

These are epoch-making solenoid operated valves of high pressure, high flow
which have been developed incorporating a unique design concept into every
part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these
valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of
oil outside of the valves.
● Wide Range of Models
Choose the optimum valve to meet your need from a large selection available.
The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are
Terminal Box Type
classified into the two basic models.
● Standard type …. Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high
flow: 120 L/min (31.7 U.S.GPM)

● Shockless type …. A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping
can be reduced to a minimum.

● Stable Operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against
contamination and thus ensure a stable operation. Plug-in Connector Type
E
● Usable in products of various standards
CE/UL/CSA certified products are available.

Specifications
★2 Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)
Valve Model Max. Flow
Pressure Back Pres. Frequency Type of Solenoid
Type Numbers L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) min-1 (Cycles/Min) AC DC, R, RQ
DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Standard 31.5 (4570) 240 3.6 (7.9) 5 (11)
DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090 120 (31.7) Spool Type 60 Only 16 (2320) R Type Sol. Only
Type 25 (3630) 120
DSG-03-2B - -50/5090 2.9 (6.4) 3.6 (7.9 )
Shockless S-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090 5 (11)
120 (31.7) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 120
Type S-DSG-03-2B2- -50/5090 3.6 (7.9)
★1 L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Low 240
3.6 (7.9) 5 (11)
Wattage L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090 60 (15.9) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) R Type Sol. Only
(14W)Type L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090 120
2.9 (6.4) 3.6 (7.9I
★1 For details of L-DSG-03, please contact us.
★2 The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow
differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on
pages 364 to 368.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Size
3/8 DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
3/4 DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS"
M6 × 35 Lg. 12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.

Solenoid Ratings
Coil Frequency Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Valve Type Electric source
Type (Hz) Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
50 100 80 - 110 5.37 0.90
A100 100 4.57 0.63
60 90 - 120
110 5.03 0.77
50 96 - 132 4.48 0.75
A120 120
1 60 108 - 144 3.81 0.52
AC
50 200 160 - 220 2.69 0.45
Standard
Type A200 200 2.29 0.31
60 180 - 240
220 2.52 0.38
50 192 - 264 2.24 0.37
A240 240
60 216 - 288 1.91 0.26
Shockless D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 3.16
Type
DC (K Series ) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.57 38
D100 100 90 - 110 0.38
R100 100 90 - 110 0.43
AC→ DC Rectified (R ) 50/60 38
R200 200 180 - 220 0.21
AC →DC Rectified (RQ)
RQ100 50/60 100 90 - 110 0.43 38
(Quick Return )
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries .
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
delivery with us before ordering .
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
Lock Nut
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type Push Button
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
M8 Mounting Bolts. Plug-in Connector

As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for with Solenoid
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also Indicator Light
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws

are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and
sub-plate model number like below. SOL b
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 × 38 Lg.


F- S- DSG -03 -2 B 2 A -D24 -C -N -50 -L
Special Two Models with
Number Spool- Position Valve Electrical Reverse Mtg. of
Special Shockless Series Valve Spool Coil Manual Design Design Solenoid
of Valve Spring Conduit
Seals Type Number Size Type Type Override Number Standard Omit if not
Positions Arrangement Omit if not Connection
required required
AC:
2, 3 A100
C: 4,40 A120 None:
3:
Three Spring 5, 60 A200 Japanese
Positions Centred None: Std. "JIS"
9, 10 A240
11, 12 DC: Terminal
Box Type 90:
D12
None: D24 N.American
Design Std.
Standard D: D100 None:
Type
No-Spring 2 R: Manual
2:
Detented (AC →DC) Override
R100 Pin E
Two R200
Positions 2
B: 1 RQ:
F: A
DSG: Spring 3 (AC →DC) L
For Phosphate 1
Ester Type Solenoid Offset 8 B
Operated 03 RQ100 50
Fluids 2
(Omit if not Directional N:
Valve None::
C:

required) Plug-in Japanese
Push

DC: Connector Std. "JIS"
Button Type
D12 and and
3: C: Lock Nut European
2 D24
Three Spring (Option) 3 Design
Positions Centred 4 D100 N1:
Std.
Plug-in
R: Connector
S: (AC DC) Type
Shockless with 90:
R100
Type Indicator N. American
R200 Light Design
(Option) Std.
2: B: 1
A RQ:
Two Spring 2 1 (AC DC) L
Positions Offset B
RQ100
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A
Max. Flow L/min
A B P A P B
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
A B A B
Model Graphic A B
Numbers Symbols P T
P T
P T
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

A B 100(70) 100(48) 96(28) 65(24) 100(70) 100(48) 96(28) 65(24)
a b
DSG-03-3C2 100 100 100 100
P T 90(49) 53(30) 34(19) 26(15) 90(49) 53(30) 34(19) 26(15)
A B 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81)
a b
DSG-03-3C3 90 90 90 90
P T 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81)
A B
a b 80(65) 80(25) 100(58) 100(33) 76(22) 46(19) 100(58) 100(33) 76(22) 46(19)
DSG-03-3C4 80 80
P T 75(20) 30(15) 90(47) 50(26) 28(18) 22(15) 90(47) 50(26) 28(18) 22(15)
A B 100(75) 100(62) 100(39) 84(21) 48(18) 100(62) 100(39) 84(21) 48(18)
a b
DSG-03-3C40 100 100 100
P T 100(25) 62(40) 47(26) 27(16) 20(12) 62(40) 47(26) 27(16) 20(12)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 30 30 30 30 26 21 18 16 30 28 28 28
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 100 100 100 100 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
P T
A B
a b 80(30) 80(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C10 80 80
P T 30(25) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
A B
a b 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28) 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28)
DSG-03-3C11 100 100 100 100
P T 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25) 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25)
A B
a b 90(30) 90(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C12 90 90
P T 40(20) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 100 100 100 100 40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
A B 100 100 100 100 100(62) 100(62) 100(44) 94(37)

DSG-03-2B2 b 34 24 20 19
Spring Offset
P T 100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 80(42) 73(36) 63(34) 51(33)

A B 100 100 100 100 100(79) 100(72) 100(64) 100(59)
DSG-03-2B3 b 57 57 57 57
P T 100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 92(55) 89(46) 78(28) 70(27)
A B 100(35) 87(15) 61( 9 ) 49( 7 )
DSG-03-2B8 b 26 19 18 16
P T 45(21) 34(12) 15( 9 ) 11( 6 )
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example) 50Hz, At rated voltage 50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

100(75)
The maximum flow rate is 100
constant regardless of 50 Hz or 100(25)
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable 60Hz, At rated voltage 60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
voltage (90% of rated voltage)



Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100
Max. Flow L/min
A B P A B
P
P A T
Model Graphic
A B
Numbers Symbols A B
A B
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

A B
a b 120 80 55 120 80 55
DSG-03-3C2
DSG-03-3C3 a
P T
A B
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
120
54
120 120
43
120
120
100
120 120
54 43
120
E
P T
A B
a b 84 64 84 64
DSG-03-3C4 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 65 53 65 53
A B 120 62 49 120 62 49
a b
DSG-03-3C40 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 104 57 42 104 57 42
Three Positions
Spring Centred

A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 50 50 50 50 35 24 21 20 45 45 45 45

P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
P T
A B
a b 120 65 112 60 51 112 60 51
DSG-03-3C10 120 120 120 120
P T 65 50 69 46 40 69 46 40
A B
a b 80 65 80 65
DSG-03-3C11 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100
P T 62 52 62 52
A B
a b 120 65 120 62 51 120 62 51
DSG-03-3C12 120 120 120 120
P T 65 50 86 47 40 86 47 40
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
A B 110 110 110 110 114 75 63

DSG-03-2B2 b 68 47 38 38 120
Spring Offset
P T 100 100 100 100 83 58 48

A B 120
DSG-03-2B3 b 120 120 120 120 77 77 77 77 120 120 120
P T 103
A B 120 62 47
DSG-03-2B8 b 53 33 24 23 120
P T 62 40 37
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
120
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 65 At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]


Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B P A P B
P A T
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbole A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
a b
DSG-03-3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C3 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.8
P T 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B 21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
a b
DSG-03-3C4 21.1 21.1
P T 19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
a b
DSG-03-3C40 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 6.9 5.5 4.8 4.2 7.9 7.4 7.4 7.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 18.5 18.5 18.5 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9
P T
A B 21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C10 21.1 21.1
P T 7.9 (6.6) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
A B 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
A B 23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C12 23.8 23.8
P T 10.6 (5.3) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 10.6 10.6 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)
DSG-03-2B2 b 9.0 6.3 5.3 5.0
Spring Offset
P T 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5) 16.6 (9.0) 13.5 (8.7)
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)
DSG-03-2B3 b 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1
P T 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4) 18.5 (7.1)
A B 26.4 (9.2) 23 (4.0) 16.1 (2.4) 12.9 (1.8)
DSG-03-2B8 b 6.9 5.0 4.8 4.2
P T 11.9 (5.5) 9.0 (3.2) 4.0 (2.4) 2.9 (1.6)
(Example) 50Hz, At rated voltage 50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

26.4(19.8)
The maximum flow rate is 26.4
constant regardless of 50 Hz or 26.4(6.6)
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable 60Hz, At rated voltage 60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
voltage (90% of rated voltage)



Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100
Max. Flow U.S. GPM
A B P A P B
T
P B A [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B
31.7 21.1 14.5 31.7 21.1 14.5
E
a b
DSG-03-3C2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 26.4 14.3 11.4 26.4 14.3 11.4
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C3 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T
A B
a b 22.2 16.9 22.2 16.9
DSG-03-3C4 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 14 17.2 14
A B 31.7 16.4 12.9 31.7 16.4 12.9
a b
DSG-03-3C40 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 27.5 15.1 11.1 27.5 15.1 11.1
Three Positions
Spring Centred

A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 9.2 6.3 5.5 5.3 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9

P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T
A B
a b 31.7 17.2 29.6 15.9 13.5 29.6 15.9 13.5
DSG-03-3C10 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 13.2 18.2 12.2 10.6 18.2 12.2 10.6
A B
a b 21.1 17.2 21.1 17.2
DSG-03-3C11 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 16.4 13.7 16.4 13.7
A B
a b 31.7 17.2 31.7 16.4 13.5 31.7 16.4 13.5
DSG-03-3C12 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 13.2 22.7 12.4 10.6 22.7 12.4 10.6
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 11.9 9.8 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
A B 29.1 29.1 29.1 29.1 30.1 19.8 16.6

DSG-03-2B2 b 18 12.4 10 10 31.7
Spring Offset
P T 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 21.9 15.3 12.7

A B 31.7
DSG-03-2B3 b 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 27.2
A B 31.7 16.4 12.4
DSG-03-2B8 b 14 8.7 6.3 6.1 31.7
P T 16.4 10.6 9.8
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]

22.2
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 31.7
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 17.2 At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]


Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated
below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral
position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below
regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.

Graphic
Model Numbers 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Symbols
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSG-03-3C3-A A B 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C3-D /R /RQ100 P T 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
DSG-03-3C5-A A B 26 (6.9) 21 (5.5) 18 (4.8) 16 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C5-D /R /RQ100 P T 35 (9.2) 24 (6.3) 21 (5.5) 20 (5.3)
DSG-03-3C60-A A B 84 (22.2) 52 (13.7) 52 (13.7)
a b
DSG-03-3C60-D /R /RQ100 P T 68 (18.0) 65 (17.2) 61 (16.1)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow

Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -RQ100
A B P A P B
P A T
No. of Valve
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Positions
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI)
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
(730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630)
A B 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
a b
S-DSG-03-3C2 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
Positions
Centred
Spring
Three
P T 105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6) 105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)

A B
b
85 (22.5) 65 (17.2) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
a
S-DSG-03-3C4 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T 70 (18.5) 45 (11.9) 100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2) 100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
Positions
Spring
105 (27.7) 60 (15.9)

Offset
Two
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2 b 120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min U.S.GPM
At rated voltage
120 (31.7)
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120 (31.7)
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 80 (21.1) At minimum serviceable voltage
[after temperature rises and saturated]

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A B A B
SOL b SOL a
a
b
P T P T
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
Position Position

A B

a b
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbols

Standard Reverse Standard Reverse
Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type
A B A B A B A B
(S-) DSG-03-2B A b a DSG-03-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A (S-) DSG-03-2B2B
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions] [Result of Measurement]

Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM)
ON
Viscosity: 30 mm2 /s (140 SSU)
Solenoid OFF OFF
Voltage: 100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
Spool Shift 0 0
Max.
T1 T2
Changeover Time ms
Type Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-03-3C2-A 27 22
Standard DSG-03-3C2-D 97 30
Type DSG-03-3C2-R 97 204
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 97 41
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions] [Result of Measurement]
Accelmeter
Speed ON OFF
SOL a
a b Load G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure (Ps)
T1 T2
Time
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI) Time Acceleration

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.) Type Model Numbers ms m/s2 (G)
Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min) T1 T2 G1 G2
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (140 SSU) S-DSG-03-3C2- D 110 120
Shockless 6.4 6.4
S-DSG-03-3C2- R 110 220
Type (.65) (.65)
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 110 120

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-03 Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa Model Numbers
1 P→A B→ T P→ B A→ T P→ T
2.5
350 DSG-03-3C2 7 7 7 7
2 DSG-03-3C3 9 9 9 9 5
300
P
2.0 3 DSG-03-3C4 7 8 7 8
Pressure Drop
250 DSG-03-3C40 7 7 7 7
4 DSG-03-3C5 9 7 7 9 1
1.5
200 DSG-03-3C60 6 5 6 5 1
5
DSG-03-3C9 9 7 9 7
150 1.0 DSG-03-3C10 7 8 7 7
100 DSG-03-3C11 9 7 7 7
6 DSG-03-3C12
E
7 7 7 8
0.5 7
50 8 DSG-03-2D2 4 3 6 6
9
0 DSG-03-2B2 2 1 7 7
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min DSG-03-2B3 3 2 9 9
DSG-03-2B8 6 5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

Shockless Type: S-DSG-03
PSI MPa 1
2.5
350
300
P
2.0
2
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop Curve Number
Model Numbers
1.5 P→A B→T P→B A→T
200
S-DSG-03-3C2 2 2 2 2
150 3 S-DSG-03-3C4 2 2 3 3
1.0
S-DSG-03-2B2 1 2 2 2
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/0.850)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A -50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended
Cylinder Port "A "
(For Sol b)
91 54 Cylinder Port "B"
(3.58) (2.13)
(1.28)
32.5
Model Numbers "C " Thd.
(1.81)
46
DSG-03- -A -50 G 1/2
DSG-03- -A -5090 1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through 50.8 Solenoid Indicator Light
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (2.00) (For Sol a)
4 Places Tank Port "T "

Solenoid-Each End
47.5 236
(1.87) (9.29)
179.5
Electrical Conduit Connection (7.07)
"C " Thd. (Both Ends) 123
(4.84)
34.5
58
(1.36)
(2.28)
105.3
(4.15)
(3.52)
89.5
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
32 19
(1.26) Lock Nut (.75)
70 Tightening Torque: 92
(2.76) 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.) (3.62)
Mounting Surface
Manual Actuator (O-Rings Furnished)
6.3(.25) Dia.
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
179.5
(7.07)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -D -50/5090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -R -50/5090
Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -RQ100-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
Solenoid-Each End
70.5 282
(2.78) (11.10)
58 202.5
(2.28) (7.97)
E
(4.15)
105.3
(3.52)
89.5
SOL b SOL a
L L'
(1.39)
35.3
32 114
(1.26) (4.49) Double Solenoid
70 199.3 Models Only
(2.76) (7.85)

For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 372).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J 90
(3.54)
18 54
(.71) (2.13)
37.3 "D" Thd. "E" Deep
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through (1.47) 4 Places
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface 27
4 Places (1.06) K L
16.7 N
T
(.66)
3.2 7 P
(.79)
(.39)
(.87)
(.28)
20
(.13)
10
22
S
(.25)
6.4
P
(.84)
21.4
Q
(1.28)
(2.99)
(3.54)
32.5
(4.33)
(2.76)
(1.81)
76
110
90
70
46
B
A T
11 (.43) Dia. H 92
(3.62) "C" Thd.
4 Places
F 4 Places
Sub-plate Piping Size Dimensions mm (Inches)

"D" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. E F H J K L N P Q S T
DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8
M6 13 (.51) 110 9 10 32 62 40 16 48 21 24
DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F
(4.33) (.35) (.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83) (.94)
DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2
M6 13 (.51) 110 9 10 32 62 40 16 48 21 24
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F
(4.33) (.35) (.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83) (.94)
DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4
M6 13 (.51) 120 14 15 50 80 45 10 47 16 42
DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F
(4.72) (.55) (.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A - N -50/5090
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut 236
with the torque as specified below. (9.29)
91
(3.58)
27.5(1.08) 39 35 89
(1.54) (1.38) (3.50)
(1.39) (2.43)
35.3 61.8
(4.30)
109.1
(2.43)
SOLa
61.8
SOLb
32 Double Solenoid
176.3
(1.26) (6.94) Models Only
70 Lock Nut
(2.76) Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -D - N -50/5090

N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -R -N-50/5090
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as Outside Dia. ..... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut 282
with the torque as specified below. (11.10)
114
(4.49)
F 35 89
E (1.38) (3.50)
D
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
32
(1.26) 199.3 Double Solenoid
70 (7.85) Models Only
Lock Nut
(2.76)
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"

Model Numbers (Page 372 – 373).
C D E F
N
DSG-03- -D - N1-50/5090 121.1 (4.77) 73.8 (2.91) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54)
DSG-03- -R -N-50/5090 124.9 (4.92) 62.6 (2.46) 34 (1.34) 53 (2.09)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03- - C(- N )-50/5090
N1
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut" DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
Push Button

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type
Connection
3
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
1 Power Supply Earth
Earth
(For SOL.a)
Indicatot Indicator
Light Light
Terminal
Box Type SOL. b SOL. a SOL. b
Common Plate 2 Indicator Light

Power
Common 1 Supply
Earth
1
1
Ground E
Plug-in 1-Power Supply 3
Connector 3
3
2-Power Supply
Type
2
2
3

1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.

2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it. DANGER
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC → DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Common Common Common

Ground Ground Voltage-Surge Ground Rectifier
Suppressor Circuit
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Voltage-Surge Circuit
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)

■ List of Seals
-DSG-03- - -50/5090
Spring Offset Type

18 16
25
30 26 19 21 20 22 24 31 17 23 43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b SOL a 28
27
1 2 27 3 6 4 10
-DSG-03- -N/N1-50/5090
46 47 48 45 16
SOL b SOL a
List of Seals
Qty.
3C 2D2 2B
21 Gasket 1751S-VK418689-6 1 1 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90) 5 5 5
29 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
30 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
41 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 2 1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
DSG-03- - -50/5090 KS-DSG-03-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
DSG-03- - -N-50/5090 KS-DSG-03-N-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 377 for the details of these parts.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
16 42 17 45 46
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-03- -A100-50 SA3-100-51 C-SA3-100-51
DSG-03- -A120-50 SA3-120-51 C-SA3-120-51
R3-60
DSG-03- -A200-50 SA3-200-51 C-SA3-200-51
DSG-03- -A240-50 SA3-240-51 C-SA3-240-51
DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-51 C-SD3-12-51
KR3-A-60
DSG-03- -D24-50 SD3-24-51 C-SD3-24-51
DSG-03- -D100-50 SD3-100-51 C-SD3-100-51 KR3-C-60
Terminal
DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60 Box
DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-51 C-SR3-200-51
Type
DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
S-DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-S-51 C-SD3-12-51
S-DSG-03-
S-DSG-03-
-D24-50
-D100-50
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
E
S-DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-S-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60
S-DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-S-51 C-SR3-200-51
S-DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
DSG-03- -A100-N-50 SA3-100-N-51 C-SA3-100-N-51
DSG-03- -A120-N-50 SA3-120-N-51 C-SA3-120-N-51

DSG-03- -A200-N-50 SA3-200-N-51 C-SA3-200-N-51

DSG-03- -A240-N-50 SA3-240-N-51 C-SA3-240-N-51 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSG-03- -D12-N-50 SD3-12-N-51 C-SD3-12-N-51
DSG-03- -D24-N-50 SD3-24-N-51 C-SD3-24-N-51
Plug-in
DSG-03- -D100-N-50 SD3-100-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51
Connector
DSG-03- -R100-N-50 SR3-100-N-51 C-SR3-100-N-51
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10 Type
DSG-03- -R200-N-50 SR3-200-N-51 C-SR3-200-N-51
S-DSG-03- -D12-N-50 SD3-12-S-N-51 C-SD3-12-N-51
S-DSG-03- -D24-N-50 SD3-24-S-N-51 C-SD3-24-N-51 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
S-DSG-03- -D100-N-50 SD3-100-S-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51
S-DSG-03- -R100-N-50 SR3-100-S-N-51 C-SR3-100-N-51
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
S-DSG-03- -R200-N-50 SR3-200-S-N-51 C-SR3-200-N-51
DSG-03- -A100-N1-50 SA3-100-N-51 C-SA3-100-N-51
DSG-03- -A120-N1-50 SA3-120-N-51 C-SA3-120-N-51
GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
DSG-03- -A200-N1-50 SA3-200-N-51 C-SA3-200-N-51
DSG-03- -A240-N1-50 SA3-240-N-51 C-SA3-240-N-51 Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
DSG-03- -D100-N1-50 SD3-100-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11 Light
Note : The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
2 type of Direct Acting type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
E-DSG-01/03, with suppressed consumption power 5W were launched
in series.
● Because these valves only 5W of power which enables remarkable

reduction of operating cost.
E-DSG-01
DSG Series
Standard E-DSG Series
Low Wattage Type
DSG-01: 29W E-DSG-01: 5W
DSG-03: 38W E-DSG-03: 5W
● Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
● These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
● CE certified products are available. E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow ★ Max. T-Line Max. Changeover
L/min Max. Operating Pressure Frequency Mass
Model Numbers Back Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) kg (1bs.)
MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min-1}
E-DSG-01-3C -D -60 2.2 (4.85)

E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60 30 240 2.2 (4.85)
16 (2320) 16 (2320)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60 (7.9) 2.2 (4.85)
E-DSG-01-2B -D -60 1.6 (3.53)
E-DSG-03-3C -D -50 5 (11.03)
63
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 240 5 (11.03)
(16.6)
E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50 3.6 (7.94)
★ Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.
Solenoid Ratings
Model Numbers Electric source Coil Type
Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) Power (W)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.43
E-DSG-01 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.23
DC (K Series)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.44
E-DSG-03 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.22
delivery with us before ordering .
For details, please contact us.
378 Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Drive power source and signal are separate.
The valve is actuated by operating a built-in switch using a very small

current signal (about 10 mA) when the solenoid is energised.
● A Direct Drive by a programmable controller is now possible.

As the valve can be actuated by a very small current, as we have
mentioned, a Direct Drive is possible on the output circuit of the
programmable controller or sequence controller. T-DSG-01
● Simple construction and stable operation.

Since the valve is a direct type, the construction is quite simple.
Also the solenoid is the well proven wet armature type, which can
withstand contamination.
Therefore a stable operation can be obtained. E
T-DSG-03
Specifications

Max. Flow ★ Max. Operating Pressure Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Mass
Valve Back Pressure Frequency
Electronic Relay Incorporated

Model Numbers L/min MPa kg
Type MPa
(U.S.GPM) (PSI) (PSI) Cycle/min {min-1} (1bs.)
T-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090

Standard 100 35 21 1.85 (4.08)
T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090 (5080) (3050) 300
Type (26.4)
T-DSG-01-2B -D24 -70/7090 1.4 (3.09)
Shockless T-S-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090 63 25 21 1.85 (4.08)
120
Type T-S-DSG-01-2B2-D24 -70/7090 (16.6) (3630) (3050) 1.4 (3.09)
T-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090 31.5 (4570)
Standard 120 16 5 (11.03)
T-DSG-03-2D2-D24 -50/5090 Spool Type 60 Only 240
Type (31.7) (2320)
T-DSG-03-2B -D24 -50/5090 25 (3630) 3.6 (7.94)
Shockless T-S-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090 120 25 16 5 (11.03)
120
Type T-S-DSG-03-2B2-D24 -50/5090 (31.7) (3630) (2320) 3.6 (7.94)
★ Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard
DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.

F- T- S- DSG -03 -2 B 2 A -D24 M -70 -L
Special Supply Models with
Special Control Series Valve Number Spool-Spring Spool Two Type of Design Design Alternate
Type Coil Type
Seals Type Number Size of Valve Arrangement Type Position Signal Number Standard Offset
Position
Valve Power Solenoid
None:
01 Internal
70
T: Signal
Electronic Power
DC
Relay
D24
Incorporated
M:
Type
03 External
Signal 50
Power
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
For details, please contact us.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 379

■ Comparison of The Conventional Type and The Electronic Relay
Incorporated Type
Conventional Type
● Output Unit
● Large capacity output units (approximately 2A per unit) are required to operate solenoid
Programmable operated directional valves.
● As there is a limitation for common capacity, all contacts of the output units can be used in
Controller some cases.
● Total cost therefore becomes higher, and a larger installation space is required.
Control Board
Thick wires are

required and,
therefore, wiring
is awkward.
Solenoid Power Supply ● Power Supply Cables

● As each double solenoid valve requires a minimum of three cables, it is obvious that
the more valves you use, the more power supply cables and wiring is necessitated.
This may increase the possibility of miswriting.
● Miswriting and short circuits may damage a very expensive programmable
controller and output units.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
● Output Unit
● Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.
● Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.
Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.
● Signal Output Cables

Programmable ● Thinner cable, compared with power supply cable, can be used and therefore wiring is easier.
Controller ● The solenoid operated directional valve is provided with a protective circuit to ensure a
Control constant current, which protects the programmable controller from serious effects caused by
Board miswriting.
Common
Cables
Solenoid Power Supply
● Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves
and, therefore wiring can be reduced.
380 Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

These valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot
operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve
directs the flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the
direction of flow in the hydraulic circuit.
● High Pressure High Flow

High pressure [31.5 MPa (4570 PSI)] along which high flow means
compact system design.
● Lower Pressure Drop

System energy saving increased as pressure drop of each valve has been
greatly reduced.
Specifications
Pilot Operated Directional Valves

★1 Max. Min. ★2 Max. T-Line Back Max. Change-
Valve Max. Flow Operating Max. Pilot Required Pressure over Frequecy Mass
Model Numbers L/min Pressure MPa (PSI) Cycles/Min {min–1} kg
Type Pressure Pilot Pres.
(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Ext. Drain Int. Drain AC DC (1bs.)
Solenoid Controlled
R
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490 3.2 (7.1)
40 (10.6) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490 2.7 (6.0)
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490 6.9 (15.2)
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490 160 (42.3) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 0.7 (100) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 6.9 (15.2)
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490 6.4 (14.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290 8.0 (17.6)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390 ★3
12.4 (27.3)
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 120 120 120 12.4 (27.3)
500 (132) 31.5 (4570) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390 11.9 (26.2)
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 110 110 110 13.2 (29.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390 120 120 100 45.0 (99.2)
25 (3630)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390 ★3 100 100 100 45.0 (99.2)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570) 1.0 (145) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390 44.5 (98.1)
21 (3050) 60 60 50
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390 52.9 (116.6)
★1. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390 Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
for details. Consult us for the details.
★2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure Rated Flow Max. Pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure. Model Numbers
l/min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
★3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
DSHF-10- - -27 315 (83) 21 (3050)
DSHF-16- - -37 500 (132) 21 (3050)
■ Solenoid Ratings DSHF-24- - -28 1200 (317) 21 (3050)
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid DSHF-32- - -27 2400 (634) 21 (3050)
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Model Pilot Valve Model Solenoid Ratings described
Numbers Numbers on the page below CSA Approved Solenoid Valve
DSHG-01
Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved
DSHG-03 by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
(S-)DSHG-04 DSG-01- - -70 345 Consult us for details.
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves 381

F- S- DSHG -06 -2 B 2 A -C2 -E T
Special Series No. of Special Two Models with Pilot Drain
Type Valve Spool-Spring Spool
Seals Number Valve Position Pilot Choke Connec- Connec-
Size Arrangement Type
Position Valve Valve tion tion
2, 3, 4
C: 40, 5, 60
3
Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
01 11, 12
B: 2, 3, 4
2
Spring Offset 40, 7
None: 2, 3, 4
Standard 3 C: 40, 5, 60
Type Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
11, 12
03
N: 2
F: No-Spring 3
For DSHG: 2 4
Phos- Solenoid B: 40
Controlled Spring Offset 7 None: None:
phate C1 : Internal External
Ester Pilot
Operated 2, 4, 40 With C1 Pilot Drain
Type Choke
Directional 3 C: 60, 10, 12
Fluids ★1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
Valve, (
7, 9, 11 )
(Omit if not
required )
Sub-plate
Mounting 04
C2 :
With C2
E:
External
E:
Internal
N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2 Drain
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Choke Pilot
No-Spring
2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
None: Spring Offset
C1C2 :
Standard With C1 &
Type H: 2, 4, 40 C2 Choke
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
06 3 3, 5, 6 ★1
S: C: (7, 9, 11 )
Shock-
less
Spring Centred (Omit if not
required )
Type N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2
No-Spring (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
10 2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
Spring Offset (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Note: In spool type “3”, “5”, “6”, “60”, and “7”, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
Pilot Connection Drain Connection Care in Application

Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between
External Drain pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum
Internal Pilot required pilot pressure.
Internal Drain (T) Combination is not applicable
External Drain
External Pilot (E) No restrictions in the combination on us
Internal Drain (T)
382 Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

-R2 -A100 -C -H -N -53 - -L

★3
Spool Control Manual Bult-in Type of Elec- Design Models with
Coil Design
Modification Override of Orifice for trical Conduit Standard Reverse Mtg.
Type Number
(Omit if not required) Pilot Valve Pilot Line Connection of Solenoid
AC: 14 None:
A100 , A200 Japanese
A120 , A240 Standard L
"JIS" (Omit if not required)
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 : None:
AC → DC Terminal
With Stroke 90:
R100 , R200 Box Type
Adjustment, None : 14 N.
Both Ends
RA :
Manual
Override
Pin
American
Design
Standard
E
With Stroke L
(Omit if not required)
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
RB : None:
With Stroke Japanese

Adjustment, Standard
Port "B" End "JIS" &
52
AC: C: European
A100 , A200 Push Design
Solenoid Controlled
A120 , A240 Button & N: Standard L
Lock Nut Push-in (Omit if not required)
DC: Connector
D12 , D24 Type 80:
R2 : With Stroke Adj., D48 European
Both Ends 53 Design
RA : With Stroke Adj., AC → DC H: Standard
Port "A" End R100 , R200 Refer to ★5
N1 : (Applicable
RB : With Stroke Adj., ★4 only for
Push-in
Port "B" End Connector DSHG-01)
P2 : With Pilot Piston, with
Both Ends 90:
Indicator
N.
PA : With Pilot Piston, Light 43 American L
Port "A" End
Design (Omit if not required)
PB : With Pilot Piston, Standard
Port "B" End
★1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
★2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than “2”, “4”, “40” (3, 7) are also available.
★3. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
★4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
★5. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

Sub-plates
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve
Approx. Approx. Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Mass Mass Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3080 1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSHG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01Y-3090 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSHG-03
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
DSHG-04
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT 4.1 (9.0)
DSHG-06
DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSHG-10
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
Numbers Name N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs.)
1
3 MBK-01-01-30 MBK-01-01-3090 1
DSHG-01 Mtg. Bolt Kit 2 1 set 5-6 (43 - 52)
MBK-01-02-30 MBK-01-02-3090 2
DSHG-03 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
(S-)DSHG-04 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58 - 72 (504 - 625)
(S)-DSHG-06 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100 - 123 (868 - 1068)
(S)-DSHG-10 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 6 473 - 585 (4106 - 5078)
1. For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.

2. For External Pilot or External Drain.
3. Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.
Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9 9
(.35) (.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut "B " Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B " Thd.

8.5 Dia.
MBK-01-01-30 94 (3.70 )
(.33)
M5
MBK-01-02-30 134 (5.28 )
MBK-01-01-3090 94 (3.70 )
No.10-24 UNC
4 MBK-01-02-3090 134 (5.28 )
9
(.16)
(.35)
15
(.59)

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment Pressure Centred Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, The pressure centered type can be used when the
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making required to be firmily.
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) A B A B
a b a b
DSHG-01,06,10 P T
C2 Choke Y V
X Y P T V X
E
C1 Choke b a
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)
Y When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
P
T
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
A B
"R2" Models
DSHG-03, 04
C2 Choke A B

a b
Y P T
a b
C1 Choke "RA" Models
Solenoid Controlled
Y
P A B
T a b
Y P T
A B
"RB" Models
A B
a b
Y P T
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required. Additional Mass of Options
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot models on page 381, if options are required.
piston.
kg (1bs.)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) Model with Pilot Models with Models with
Model Choke Adj. Pilot Piston Stroke Adj.
"P2" Models Numbers PA PA
C1, C2 C1C2 P2 P2
A B PB PB
a b
DSHG-03 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
W V
Y P T (S-)DSHG-04 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
(S-)DSHG-06 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
"PA" Models (S-)DSHG-10 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
A B
a b
T V
Y P Options on Pilot Valve
"PB" Models
The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
A B
Please refer to page 345 for the details.
a b
W
Y P T

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-01)
Three Positions Two Positions
Spring Centred Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow Maximum Flow
Spool Type A B A B
b
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa 7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa

(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI) (1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2" DSHG-01-3C2 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B2 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"3" DSHG-01-3C3 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B3 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"4" DSHG-01-3C4 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B4 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"40" DSHG-01-3C40 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B40 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"5" DSHG-01-3C5 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"60" DSHG-01-3C60 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"7" DSHG-01-3C7 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B7 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"9" DSHG-01-3C9 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"10" DSHG-01-3C10 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"11" DSHG-01-3C11 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"12" DSHG-01-3C12 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details. A B
a b
P T

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa

Model Numbers
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"2" DSHG-03-3C2 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
"3" DSHG-03-3C3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"4" DSHG-03-3C4 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"40" DSHG-03-3C40 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
"5" DSHG-03-3C5 160 (42.3)

85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
E
125 (33.0)
"60" DSHG-03-3C60 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"7" DSHG-03-3C7 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"9" DSHG-03-3C9 160 (42.3)

160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"10" DSHG-03-3C10 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Solenoid Controlled
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"11" DSHG-03-3C11 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"12" DSHG-03-3C12 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
A B
A B
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa 7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa

(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI) (1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"2" DSHG-03-2N2 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B2 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"3" DSHG-03-2N3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"4" DSHG-03-2N4 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B4 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"40" DSHG-03-2N40 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B40 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"7" DSHG-03-2N7 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B7 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
85 (22.5)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI). 160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port a b
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
P T
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-04/S-DSHG-04)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"2"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"3" DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-3C4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 165 (43.6)

"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 140 (37.0) 110 (29.1)
DSHG-04-3C40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C40 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"5" DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6" DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
DSHG-04-3C60
"60" 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7" DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9" DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6)

"10"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"11" DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 170 (44.9) 135 (35.7)

"12"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Two Positions
A B
A B
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
"2" (S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"3" DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4" (S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40" (S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7" DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow a b
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
P T


Three Positions
Spring Centred Pressure Centred
A B
Maximum Flow A B
Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T V
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-3C3 500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8) DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)

"4" (S-)DSHG-06-3C4 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)
"40" (S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"5" DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5) DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
470 (124)
500 (132)
420 (111)
E
"6" DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8) DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
"60" (S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-3C7 500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1) DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)

450 (119) 360 (95.1)
"9" DSHG-06-3C9 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-3H9 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
Solenoid Controlled
"10" (S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H10 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"11" DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-3H11 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"12" (S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H12 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4" (S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40" (S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
410 (108) In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 500 (132) is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI). 500 (132)
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the a b
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
P T
for details.

Three Positions
Spring Centred Pressure Centred
A B
Maximum Flow A B
Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T V
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1050 (277)
"3" DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236) DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1000 (264)
"5" DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225) DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"6" DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151) DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"60" (S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
"7" DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"9" DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230) DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)

"10" (S-)DSHG-10-3C10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)
"11" DSHG-10-3C11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)
"12" (S-)DSHG-10-3C12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Two Positions
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
a b b
Spool Type
Y P T Y P T
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"3" DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7" DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI). 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit
diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is a b
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, P T
therefore, please consult us for details.

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A B A B SOL a
SOL b
APB
b APB a
X A B
P T X A B P T Y
Y
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid ("L")
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
Position Position
A B
a b
Y P T

2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
Solenoid Controlled
Y P T Y P T

Position Position
Graphic
Graphic Symbols Graphic Symbols
Symbols
Model Numbers Model Numbers Model Numbers
Standard Reverse Standard Reverse Standard
Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg.
04 A B A B 04 A B A B 04 A B
b a b a a b
DSHG-06 -2B A DSHG-06 -2B B DSHG-06 -2N A
Y P T P T Y Y P T P T Y Y P T
10 10 10
(S-)DSHG- -2B2A (S-)DSHG- -2B2B (S-)DSHG- -2N2A
DSHG- -2B3A DSHG- -2B3B DSHG- -2N3A

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
PSI MPa 1 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
200 1.4 Spool Spool
Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
1.2 2 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
160
1.0
Pressure Drop
3 2 3 2 3 2 7 3 2 3 2
120 0.8
4 3 4 2 4 2 2 9 4 2 4 2
80 0.6
4 3 2 3 2 10 3 2 3 2
0.4
40
40 3 2 3 2 11 3 2 3 2
0.2
5 3 2 3 2 1 12 3 2 3 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L /min 60 3 2 3 2 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03 DSHG-03
PSI MPa 1 2 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop

3 Spool Spool
300 2.0 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
4 Type Type
P
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6 5
2 3 3 4 4 7 3 3 4 4
Pressure Drop
200 6
1.2 3 5 5 5 6 4 9 6 3 6 4
150
0.8 4 3 5 4 6 10 3 5 4 4
100
40 3 3 4 4 11 6 3 4 4
50 0.4
5 6 3 4 6 2 12 3 3 4 6
0
0 60 3 3 4 4 1
0 40 80 120 160 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04 DSHG-04
2 3 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
PSI MPa 1 Spool Spool
180 4 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
1.2 Type Type
160 5 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
P
6
2 5 4 5 6 60 7 5 7 7 2
Pressure Drop
120 0.8
7
3 5 3 5 5 7 7 5 4 5 6
80 4 5 3 5 5 9 5 4 5 6
0.4 40 5 4 5 6 10 5 2 5 6
40 5 7 4 5 5 5 11 6 4 5 6
0 6 5 3 5 6 1 12 5 4 5 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
Spool Spool
Type Type
P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
2 2 2 2 4 60 6 4 6 7 2
4 2 3 2 5 10 2 2 2 4
40 2 4 2 6 12 2 2 2 5

DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
DSHG-06
1
PSI MPa 2 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
300 2.0 Spool Spool
3 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
250 4 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
Pressure Drop
200 5 2 8 5 8 7 60 6 5 6 7 1
1.2 3 6 4 6 7 4 7 6 4 6 7
150 6
0.8 7 4 8 5 8 7 9 6 5 6 7
100
40 8 5 8 7 10 8 5 8 7
50 0.4 8
5 8 4 5 7 1 11 8 4 5 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 4 1 12 8 5 8 7
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Spool Spool
Type Type
2
P
6
AB TP BA TP
1 6 2
T
60
P
6
AB TP BA TP
2 6 3 1
T
E
4 6 2 6 2 10 8 5 8 7
40 8 5 8 7 12 8 5 8 7
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10

DSHG-10
1 2
PSI MPa Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
300 2.0 3 Spool Spool
Solenoid Controlled
4 Type Type
P
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
5
Pressure Drop
200 2 9 6 9 8 60 8 5 8 5 3
1.2 6 3 7 6 7 7 5 7 7 6 7 7
150
7 4 9 6 9 6 9 7 6 7 8
0.8
100 8 40 9 6 9 8 10 9 5 9 8
50 0.4 9 5 9 6 8 6 1 11 9 6 8 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 2 2 12 9 7 9 6
0 200 400 600 800 10001100 L /min
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
S-DSHG-10
Spool Spool
Type Type
P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
2 8 3 8 4 60 8 4 8 4 2
4 8 5 8 6 10 9 5 9 8
40 9 6 9 8 12 9 7 9 6
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)

Test Conditions
Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04 DSHG-10
ms ms
250
150
3C
Changeover Time
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF" 200
100
2B
SOL"ON" 3C
Changeover Time
2N SOL"OFF"
SOL"OFF" 150
50 SOL"ON"
2B
2N SOL"ON","OFF"
0 100
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
50
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
Pilot Pressure 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
DSHG-06
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
ms
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
Changeover Time
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
2N SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
Pilot Pressure


Terminal Box type: DSHG-01- - -14/1490
Internal Pilot - Internal Drain
Space Needed to Remove Pressure Port "P"

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79) AC : 196.4 (7.73)
DC,R : 50 (1.97) DC,R : 204.4 (8.05) Cylinder Port "A"
AC : 79.2 (3.12) 40.5
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
DC,R : 83.2 (3.28) (1.59)
(1.28)
32.5
P
B
A
T
5.5 (.22) Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light

7 (.28) Dia. Spotface
4 Places Tank Port "T"
Cylinder Port "B"
Electrical Conduit Connection

"C" Thd. (Both Ends) E
46 95
(1.81) (3.74)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
(5.07)
128.8
SOL b SOL a
(4.35)
110.5

(3.07)
78
(2.5)
63.5
Double Solenoid
Nut 27 (1.06) Hex. Models Only
Solenoid Controlled
48 43.5 Mounting Surface
(1.89) (1.71) 125(4.92) (O-Rings Furnished)
AC ：160.7(6.33)
DC,R：164.7(6.48)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd.

DSHG-01- - -14 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
DSHG-01- - -1490 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
SOL b SOL a
(6.65)
168.8
(5.92)
150.5
(4.65)
Double Solenoid Models Only

118
(4.07)
103.5
(2.36)
60
Pilot Drain Port "Y"

"D" Thd.
Pilot Pressure Port "X"

"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal Drain".

Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01- - - N -14/1480/1490
N1
Internal Pilot-Internal Drain
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below. H 70
(2.76)
E F 32
D (1.26)
SOL b SOL a
C
(3.07)
(2.5)
63.5
78
48 43.5
(1.89) Lock Nut (1.71)
Tightening Torque: 125
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.) (4.92)
K
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot-External Drain
External Pilot-Internal Drain
Internal Pilot-External Drain

"J" Thd.
D
SOL b SOL a
L
(4.65)
118
Model Numbers "J" Thd.

(4.07)
103.5
DSHG-01- - -N -14 Rc 1/4

(2.36)
60
DSHG-01- - -N -1480 1/4 BSP.F

DSHG-01- - -N -1490 1/4 NPT
"J" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L
DSHG-01- - -A -N /N1 128.5 (5.06) 53 (2.09) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 79.2 (3.12) 196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33) 168.5 (6.63)
DSHG-01- - -D -N /N1 139.5 (5.49) 64 (2.52) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 179.5 (7.07)
83.2 (3.28) 204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)
DSHG-01- - -R -N 142.5 (5.61) 57.2 (2.25) 34 (1.34) 53 (2.09) 182.5 (7.19)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".


Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03- - -14/1490 (The pilot and drain ports in accordance with the ISO original draft)
Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B" Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 196.4(7.73) AC : 45.5(1.79) Model Numbers "C" Thd.
DC,R : 204.4(8.05) DC,R : 50(1.97) DSHG-03- - -14 G 1/2
Solenoid 54 AC ：70.2 (2.76)
Indicator Light (2.13)
DSHG-03- - -1490 1/2 NPT
DC,R：74.2 (2.92)
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
L L'
46
(For External Pilot Models Only)
Cylinder Port "A" 50.8 (For External Drain Models Only)
(2.0)
Tank Port "T" 7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
95(3.74)
1 46.5 Electrical Conduit Connection 46
(.04) (1.83) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) (1.81) Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Double Solenoid Models Only
A100
Nut
27(1.06) Hex. E
SOL a SOL b
(6.84)
173.8
(6.12)
155.5
(4.27)
108.5
L L'
(1.06)
27

58 70
Mounting Surface
170(6.69) (2.28) (2.76)
(O-Rings Furnished)
Solenoid Controlled
AC : 182.2(7.17) Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port
DC,R : 186.2(7.33) in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
N -14/1490 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03- - -N1
Cable Departure
J Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
102 K Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C F
D
SOL a SOL b
E
(4.27)
108.5
(1.06)
27
58
(2.28)
170
Position of cable departure can be changed. For
(6.69)
H
details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
DSHG-03- - -A -N /N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 182.2 (7.17) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86)
DSHG-03- - -D -N /N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
186.2 (7.33) 204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02)
DSHG-03- - -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.5 (7.38) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Pressure Port "X"
Tank Port "T"
204(8.03) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
(For External Drain Models Only)
101.6(4.00) 50.4
11(.43) Dia. Through (1.98)
34
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
(1.34)
4 Places
P
X
69.8(2.75)
72.9(2.87)
T (S-)DSHG-04- - -52 G 1/2
(3.58)
L L′
91
(S-)DSHG-04- - -5290 1/2 NPT
(1.37)
34.9
A B Y
(.06)
Cylinder Port "A"
1.5
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
AC ：196.4(7.73) AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
DC,R：204.4(8.05) DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81)
Double Solenoid Manual Actuator

Models Only A100
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(7.08)
179.8
(6.36)
161.5
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.

(4.51)
114.5
L L′
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
AC ：46.6(1.83)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
(.16)
Mounting Surface DC,R：50.6(1.99)

4
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - - N -52/5290
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
E
changed. For details,

(4.51)
refer to DSHG-01
114.5
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-04- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
(S-)DSHG-04- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.6 (1.95)
(S-)DSHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390 ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Tank Port "T"
255(10.04) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
(For External Drain Models Only)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through 50.5 130.2
20(.79) Dia. Spotface (1.99) (5.13)
53.2 Model Numbers "C" Thd.
6 Places
(2.09)
T P Y (S-)DSHG-06- - -53 G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-06- - -5390 1/2 NPT
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
L L′
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
77
(.51)
13
(3.03) 156
Cylinder Port "A" (6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
AC ：196.4(7.73)
DC,R：204.4(8.05)
95
AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
E
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81) Electrical Conduit Connection
Double Solenoid "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Models Only
Manual Actuator
SOL a SOL b 6(.24) Dia.
200.8(7.91)
APB
182.5(7.19)
135.5(5.33)
Nut

27(1.06) Hex.
L L′
(1.61)
Solenoid Controlled
41
AC ：45.2(4.78) 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

(.24)
6
Mounting Surface DC,R：49.2(1.94)

(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C
F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
E
refer to DSHG-01
(5.33)
135.5
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-06- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
(S-)DSHG-06- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.2 (1.94)
(S-)DSHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390 ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Tank Port "T" 384(15.12) Pressure Port "P"
77.5 190.5
(3.05) 76.2 (7.50) Pilot Drain Port "Y "
(For External Pilot Models Only) (3.00) (For External Drain Models Only)
T P Y
(1.69)
43
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
L′
198
(1.69)
L
43
(3.13)
79.4
(S-)DSHG-10- - -43 G 1/2
X A B
(S-)DSHG-10- - -4390 1/2 NPT
21.8 114.3 78
(.77)
19.6
(.86) (4.50) (3.07)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 233.8
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (9.20) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
AC ：196.4(7.73) AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R：204.4(8.05) DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81)
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
Two Eye Bolts M8 6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
APB
(10.39)
263.8
(9.67)
245.5
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.

(7.81)
198.5
46(1.81)
L X A B L′
(1.77)
45
AC ：22.2(.87)
(.24)
Mounting Surface
DC,R：26.2(1.03)
6
(O-Rings Furnished) 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
H
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
Position of cable
departure can be
D
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
E
(7.81)
198.5
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-10- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
(S-)DSHG-10- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 26.2(1.03)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)

Sub-plate
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090 120 Sub-plate F

(4.72) "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
Model Numbers mm (in.)
15 90
(.59) (3.54) DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
18 62
M6 13(.51)
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(.71) (2.44)
54 DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15(.59)
(2.13)
37.3(1.47) 11(.43) Dia. 50
"D" Thd. (1.97)
4 Places
Used only on external 27(1.06)
pilot type valves. 43(1.69) 80
To be plugged on internal (3.15)
pilot type valves. 16.7(.66) 42(1.65) 45
25 (1.77)
(.98) 8(.31) 3.2 25(.98) 10
22(.87)
16(.63)
(.39)
21.5(.85)
(.13) (.39)
10
32.5(1.28)
6.4(.25)
(.47)
12
P
(1.85)
47
(2.99)
(4.33)
(3.54)
(1.81)
(2.76)
T
76
B
(.75)
110
(.75)
90
46
70
19
19
E
(.43)
11
A
6.2(.24) Dia. "C" Thd.
6.2(.24) Dia. 19 4 Places
(.75) "D" Thd.
Used only on external
92 "E" Thd. " F" Deep drain type valves.
(3.62) 4 Places To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
DIMENSIONS IN

DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
Solenoid Controlled
04X Sub-plate
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
190 DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4
(7.48) M10 M6
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
12(.47) 1/4 BSP.F
166 DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
(6.54)
DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT
32.2(1.27) 101.6 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
(4.00) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
76.7
(3.02) 36
50 (1.42) 125
(1.97) "E" Thd. (4.92) "C" Thd.
34(1.34) 17(.67) Deep 20 90 4 Places
4 Places (.79) (3.54)
21.5(.85)
33(1.30)
18.3(.72) 19 46
(.47)
1.6(.06)
(.75)
(1.14)
(1.81)
12
(.52)
13.1
29
(.40)
10.1
(.63)
16
P
(2.56)
X
(2.99)
(2.19)
(2.25)
65
55.6
57.1
(4.72)
(3.78)
(3.54)
(2.81)
(2.75)
76
P X
71.4
69.8
120
96
90
T T
(.56)
14.2
A B Y Y B
A
11(.43) Dia. Through 6(.24) Dia. 2 Places

65.8 58
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface "D" Thd.
(2.59) (2.28)
4 Places 17.5(.69) Dia. 2 Places
14.2 88.1 4 Places 102
3.6(.14) Dia. (.56) (3.47) (4.02)
5(.20) Deep "F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places 130 2 Places 137.5
(5.12) (5.41)
Valve Types Pilot Pressure Port "X" Port "Y"

Used only on external pilot type Used as drain port only on external
Solenoid Controlled Pilot valves. drain type valves.
Operated Directional Valves To be plugged on internal pilot To be plugged on internal drain
type valves. type valves.
Pilot Operated Spring Centred

Used as pilot pressure port
Directional No-spring Used
Valves Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Manually Operated Directional Valves Not used (plug is not required) Used as drain port

Sub-plate
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X Sub-plate F
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
204 Model Numbers mm (in.)
(8.03)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
12 180 Rc 1/4 M12 24 (.94)
(.47) (7.09) DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1
25 130.2 DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT
(.98) (5.13) 1/4 NPT 1/2-13 UNC 26 (1.02)
DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
94.5 "D" Thd. (From Rear)
(3.72) 4 Places
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep
53.2 6 Places
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
5.6(.22)
TP Y
(3.81)
(4.57)
(3.63)
96.9
92.1
116
V
(2.94)
(2.88)
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B
46.1
X
19.1(.75)
17.5(.69)
(.47)
12
17.5 11(.43) Dia. Through 34(1.34)

(.69) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 35(1.38)
29.5
7(.28) Dia. (1.16)
8(.31) Deep 100.8 23(.91) Dia. 50
2 Places (3.97) "C" Thd. (From Rear) (1.97)
4 Places
12.5 126.2
(.49) (4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
M12 Thd. 1/4 BSP.F Thd.
204 24(.94) Deep 4 Places F
(8.03) 6 Places
12 180 50 H
(.47) (7.09) (1.97)
25 130.2 35 J
(.98) (5.13) (1.38)
P T
(5.28)
(4.33)
(3.63)
(4.57)
T PY Y
92.1
110
116
134
V W V
(2.94)
(2.88)
(.47)
11.9
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B W B A
46.1
X X
(.35)
(.69)
(.75)
17.5
19.1
8.9
(.47)
12
12.5 11(.43) Dia. N

(.49)
4 Places
156 L
(6.14) "C" Thd.
24.5(.96) Dia. 4 Places
4 Places K
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches)

"C" Thd.
Model Numbers D E F H J K L N
DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42) 102 (4.02) 54.4 (2.14) 30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95) 78.2 (3.08) 42.5 (1.67)
DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 155.2 (6.11) 148 (5.83) 106 (4.17) 50 (1.97) 25 (.98) 130 (5.12) 74 (2.91) 32 (1.26)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06 -50/5090" above.
For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.

Sub-plate
DHGM- 10 -40/4080/4090 DIMENSIONS IN

10X
306.5 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(12.07)
20(.79) 266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50) 190.5
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep
(7.50)
2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81) "E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep
114.3 6 Places 213
(4.50) (8.39)
76.2(3.00) F
60 "C" Thd.
41.3(1.63) (2.36) H 4 Places
E
Y P T
Y
(7.83)
(6.25)
158.8
T P V
199
(4.87)
123.8
V (4.50)
114.3
A B B A
(3.13)
W W
79.4
X X
"D" Thd.
(1.38)
(1.13)
28.6
35
4 Places
(.79)
43(1.69)
20.1

21.8 82.5 44(1.73) 55
(.86) (3.25) (2.17)
17.5 (.69) Dia. Through
11 (.43) Dia. 234 K
Solenoid Controlled
(9.21)
26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia. J
4 Places
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches)

"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
Model Numbers F H J K
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 3/8 M20
DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F M20 152 (5.98) 79 (3.11) 185.5 (7.30) 120.5 (4.74)
DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/4-10 UNC
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 Rc 3/8 M20
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F M20 156 (6.14) 74 (2.91) 194.5 (7.66) 112.5 (4.43)
DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/4-10 UNC
Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"

Valve Types Pilot Pres. Port "X" Port "Y" Drain Port "V" Drain Port "W"
Spring Centred, No-spring, Used only on Used as drain port only
Not used (plug is not required)
Spring Offset external pilot type on external drain type
Solenoid
Controlled Pressure Centred valves. valves. Used Not used
Pilot With Pilot Piston, Both Ends Used Used
Operated To be plugged on To be plugged on
With Pilot Piston, Not used
Directional internal pilot type internal drain type Used
Port "A" End (plug is required)
Valves valves. valves.
With Pilot Piston, Not used
Used
Port "B" End (plug is required)
Spring Centred, No-spring Used as pilot pres. port
Not used (plug is not required)
Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Pressure Centred Used Not used
Pilot With Pilot Piston, Both Ends Used Used
Operated Used as pilot pres. port
With Pilot Piston, Used Not used
Directional Used
Port "B" End (pllug is required)
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston Used as pilot pres. port Not used
No-spring Used
Port "A" (plug is required)
End Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Not used Not used Not used (plug is
Manually Operated Directional Valves Used
(plug is not required) (plug is not required) not required)
As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve

Terminal Box Type Plug-in Connector Type
DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2 DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Fully Extended
Extended 37.5 59
37.5 59 (1.48) (2.32)
(1.48) (2.32)
SOL a SOL b
SOL a SOL b A
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
(S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2- N

N1
Fully Extended Fully Extended
59 59
(2.32) (2.32)
SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
J
C
D
E
E
F
H
H
(S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
59 59
(2.32) (2.32)
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
1. "C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

2. "C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
3. Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Model Numbers J
C D E F H
AC SO L DC SO L R SOL
DSHG-03- -C1 100 (3.94)
198.8 (7.83) 180.5 (7.11) 133.5 (5.26) 198.5 (7.81) 209.5 (8.25) 212.5 (8.37)
DSHG-03- -C2 100 (3.94)
DSHG-03- -C1C2 223.8 (8.81) 205.5 (8.09) 158.5 (6.24) 125 (4.92) 100 (3.94) 223.5 (8.80) 234.5 (9.23) 237.5 (9.35)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1 106 (4.17)
204.8 (8.06) 186.5 (7.34) 139.5 (5.49) 204.5 (8.05) 215.5 (8.48) 218.5 (8.60)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C2 106 (4.17)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1C2 229.8 (9.05) 211.5 (8.33) 164.5 (6.48) 131 (5.16) 106 (4.17) 229.5 (9.04) 240.5 (9.47) 243.5 (9.59)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1 127 (5.00)
225.8 (8.89) 207.5 (8.17) 160.5 (6.32) 225.5 (8.88) 236.5 (9.31) 239.5 (9.43)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C2 127 (5.00)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1C2 250.8 (9.87) 232.5 (9.15) 185.5 (7.30) 152 (5.98) 127 (5.00) 250.5 (9.86) 261.5 (10.30) 264.5 (10.41)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1 190 (7.48)
288.8 (11.37) 270.5 (10.65) 223.5 (8.80) 288.5 (11.36) 299.5 (11.79) 302.5 (11.91)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C2 190 (7.48)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1C2 313.8 (12.35) 295.5 (11.63) 248.5 (9.78) 215 (8.46) 190 (7.48) 313.5 (12.34) 324.5 (12.78) 327.5 (12.89)

Options
Models with Stroke Adjustment
DSHG-03- -R Fully Extended

252 (9.92)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.

SOL a SOL b
(1.38)
35
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) 99 (3.90) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex. Fully Extended 13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-04- -R Fully Extended

289 (11.38)
E
SOL a SOL b
(1.30)
33

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End)
93 (3.66) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex.
Fully Extended 13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-06- -R
Solenoid Controlled
10 Fully Extended
C
SOL a SOL b

E
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
17 (.67) Hex. D 17 (.67) Hex.
Fully Extended
Model Numbers C D E
(S-)DSHG-06- -R2 376 (14.80) 111 (4.37) 40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R2 558 (21.97) 164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Centred Model s Models with Pilot Piston

(S-)DSHG- 06-3H (S-)DSHG- 06- -P
10 C
10 C
D
D
Model Numbers C D Model Numbers C D

(S-)DSHG-06-3H 306.5 (12.07) 102 (4.02) (S-)DSHG-06- -P2 323 (12.72) 84 (3.31)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H 456 (17.95) 149.5 (5.89) (S-)DSHG-10- -P2 479 (18.86) 125 (4.92)

List of Seals and Pilot Valves
DSHG-01- - -14/1480/1490
Pipe Plug 12 15 14 17 16 8 18 12 Pipe Plug

Removed for External Removed for External Drain Models
Pilot Models
SOL b SOL a
13
T Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13 Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
2 5 4 11 8 3 1 7 10 6
Note: Piece parts marked are not available
for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03- - -14/1490 15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug 13 Removed for Internal
13 Removed for Internal Drain Models
Pilot Models
SOL a SOL b
X Y
Section X-X Section Y-Y

12 5 4 9 1 8 3 10 7 2 6
X Y
List of Seals Pilot Valves
DSHG-01 DSHG-03 See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
Item Name
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
7 O-Ring JASO-1018-1A 2 SO-NB-P28 2
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 8(4) SO-NB-A104 5
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P5 2 SO-NB-P9 6
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot
valve is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

■ List of Seals and Pilot Valves
(S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug Removed for Internal
11 Removed for Internal Pilot Models
Drain Models
SOL a SOL b 11
X
Y 12
E
X Y Section Y-Y Section X-X
18 10 5 4 1 3 9 13 8 2 7
(S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390
Pipe Plug
15 14 16 17 Removed for Internal
Solenoid Controlled
Pipe Plug Drain Models
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models 11
11
SOL a SOL b
21 21 12
X
X 12
Section X-X
Section Y-Y 11 Pipe Plug

Y Removed for External
18 2 10 5 3 1 9 13 8 4 7 Drain Models
Note: Item 21 orifice marked is applicable to pressure centred models

(3H ) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
List of Seals Pilot Valves

Part Numbers See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to
Item Name Qty. be used.
(S-)DSHG-04 (S-)DSHG-06 (S-)DSHG-10
8 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 2
O-Ring
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Valve Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
KS-DSHG-01- -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480 DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-03- -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-04- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-06- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-10- -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.

■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated / Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic

circuits o enable adjustment of the spool shifting time.
A special spool shape that minimises shock is used, shocks caused by the
actuator starting and stopping, as well as vibration due to oil hammering.
The shifting time of conventional Solenoid Operated, Shockless, and
Directional Valves is constant and cannot be adjusted.
As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at
an optimal level to minimise shocks to the machine. G-DSG-01
E
G-DSHG-04
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
Conventional Type G-Series Valve
W W
No vibration
Oil Hammering No oil leakage
Improvement
Enhanced
machining
SOL accuracy
Piping Machine ON
vibration vibration
SOL
ON Solenoid Valve
Large machining
P T Oil leakage P T
errors
2 Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration
Conventional Type G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up Slow start
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock Slow stop
Shaking Still
No shaking
Stopping accuracy enhanced

409
System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)
Deceleration
Programmable Start Signal
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
SOL b Supply
Adj. Volume Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"

"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume Adj. Volume "MIN" Adj. Volume "ON T"
"ON T"
Adj. Volume Output Current Check (to 0V) Adj. Volume "OFF T"
"OFF T"
Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns

Without HALT functions With HALT functions
A B
A B
P T MIN MIN
P T
Pattern Pattern
of Flow OFF ADJ
A B of Flow OFF
A B
ADJ
Max.
ON T OFF T ON T 60s Max.
P T P T
(Max. 1s) 60s
(Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF T OFF
OFF ADJ ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON T OFF T ON T OFF T
ON ON
OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s)
SOL a ON
SOL a ON
OFF OFF OFF
SOL b SOL b ON ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Hold for 0.1 second or longer Hold for 0.1 second or longer
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.

410
Instructions
Adjustment of maximum flow rate (Example)
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves a G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate To adjust maximum flow rates, with
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjust- b "G" series solenoid operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
ment screw of optional extra. control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (G-
DSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
P T B A can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
How to use HALT functions

The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow E
after OFF T.
A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum
adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal
is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer
than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions

are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.

The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".
If no HALT signal is set on within 60
seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate
Flow Rate Max. 60 s decreases gradually.
MIN
ON OFF T
OFF
SOL
ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Hold for 0.1 second or longer

411
■“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSG-01- - -50/5090 G-DSG-03- - -50/5090
Descriptions
1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
2
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 25 (3630) 25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres . MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
Voltage 24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V 36 W 36 W
Voltage 5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
Current Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
used in common with electric
power supply).
Input interface Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF) 0 .1 - 1 s 0 .3 - 1 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

0.5 - 5 (.13 - 1.3) 1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
(for SOL a and b) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Single Solenoid 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.) 5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)

Approx. Mass
Double Solenoid 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 for
details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
“ ” Series Shockless Type

412 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Model Number Designation

G-DSG -01 -10 -2B7 -S -50 -L
Series Valve Metred Flow Input Design Design Models with Alternate
Spool Type
Number Size Capacity Interface Number Standards Offset Solenoid
3C2
A B
a b
None : 40 L /min
P T
10 : 10 L /min 3C40
20 : 20 L /min A B
01 a b
50
P T
G-DSG : None : 30 L /min 2B7 None: L

A B
G Series Shockless 10 : 10 L /min Sink Type Applicable only for 2B7
b
Type Solenoid 20 : 20 L /min (Standard) (Omit if not required)
P T
Operated Refer to
Directional Valve, 3C2 A B
Sub-plate
Mounting None : 80 L /min
a
A
P
B
T
b
S:
Source Type
a
P T E
40 : 40 L /min
3C40
60 : 60 L /min A B
03 a
50
b
P T
2B7
None : 60 L /min A B

40 : 40 L /min b
P T
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
G-DSG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
G-DSG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)

Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" &
N. American Design Standar d Tightening Torque
G-DSG-01 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
G-DSG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)

413
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate

G-DSG-01- -3C2 G-DSG-01- -2B7
3C40
L/min L/min
U.S.GPM 40 L/min Type Direction of U.S.GPM Direction of
40 40
10 Flow 10 Flow
Direction of Flow
P A P B A B 30 L/min Type A B
8 30 P T 8 30 P T
A BA B B A B A
Direction
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
6 P TP T 6 of Flow 20 L/min Type
20 A B 20 P B A B
20 L/min Type P A
4 P T
4 A B A B P T
10 10
2 10 L/min Type 2 P T P T10 L/min Type
0 0 0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2 G-DSG-01- -2B7
3C40
PSI PSI MPa
240 MPa 40 L/min Type 140 1.0
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type
1.6 P A P A 20 L/min
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type 120 P A 30 L/min Type
200 P A,P B P B P B Type P B
P A 0.8 A T P A
A T,B T A T
P
1.2 P B 40 L/min Type B T P B

160 A T B T
A T
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
B T 0.6 30 L/min Type

B T 80
A T
120 B T
0.8
0.4
80
40
0.4 0.2
40
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L/min 0 10 20 30 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

the table right. Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Shifting Characteristics Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM) Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
3C2, 3C40
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "MIN" Position
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position
8 30 8
8 30 6
10
Flow Rate
10
Flow Rate
6 7 6 5
20 7 20
4 5 5 0
10 3 3 4
2 100ms 10
0 0 0 2
0 ON
OFF 0
SOL 0
Volume "ON T" Position
ON
2B7 SOL OFF 200 ms
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position
8 30
6 AB 10 ON
20 8 OFF
4 100 HALT
10 6
Flow Rate
2 10 PT ms
8 4
0 0 6 2
AB
2 10 4 0
4 2 PT
6 20 0
8 30 ON
OFF
SOL

Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate

G-DSG-03- - 3C2 G-DSG-03- -2B7
3C40
U.S.GPM L/min 80 L/min Type U.S.GPM L/min
80 80
20 Direction of 20 Direction of
Flow Flow
60 L/min Type A B 60 L/min Type A B
15 60 P T 15 60 P T
Direction of Flow
Max.Flow
B A B A
Max.Flow
P A P B 40 L/min Type Direction of Flow 40 L/min Type
10 40 10 40
A B P A P B A
A B A B B
A B A B
5 20 P T P T P T
5 20 P T
P T P T
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
E
240
1.6 1
2
200 Model Numbers Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
3
1.2
G-DSG-03-3C2
P
160 1
3C40
Pressure Drop
120
0.8 G-DSG-03-40-3C2

3
3C40
80
0.4 G-DSG-03-60-3C2 2

40 3C40
0 G-DSG-03-2B7 1
0
0 20 40 60 80 L/min
G-DSG-03-40-2B7 3
0 4 8 12 16 20 U.S.GPM The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
Flow Rate
P B, A T and B T.
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

the table right. Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Shifting Characteristics Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

Volume "MIN" Position
10
3C2, 3C40 8
Volume "OFF T" Position 7
U.S.GPM L /min
U.S.GPM L /min 6
16 60 0 0
Flow Rate
12 10 3 16 60
40 7
8 5 12
5
Flow Rate
4 20 7 40
0 3 100ms 10
0 0 ON 8
OFF 20
SOL 4
0 0
2B7
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position ON
SOL 200ms
16 60 OFF
12 40
AB
8 10
20 PT 7
Flow Rate
4 100ms ON
10 5 OFF
0 0 7 3 HALT
AB
4 20 5 0
8 3 PT
40 0
12
16 60 ON
OFF
SOL

415
Mounting Surface:
G-DSG-01- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090 ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Pressure Port "P" Solenoid Indicator Light

9.5(.37) C' bore (For Sol. b)
4 Places
Solenoid Indicator Light 40.5 110 Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(1.59) (4.33)
(.03)
0.75
(For Sol. a)
G-DSG-01- - -50 G 1/2
G-DSG-01- - -5090 1/2 NPT
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
31
Cylinder Port "B" Cylinder Port "A"
Tank Port "T"
263
(10.35)
0.5 132 65.5
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
44.5 48
(1.75) (1.89)
(4.31)
109.5
(3.50)
89
SOL a SOL b
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
11 Air Vent (Both Sides)

Mounting Surface (.43) Manual Actuator 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
(O-Rings Furnished) 65 6 (.24) Dia.
(2.56)
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090
0.5 197.5
(.02) (7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

Mounting Surface:
G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090 ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A"
G-DSG-03- - -50 G 1/2 141 54 Cylinder Port "B"
G-DSG-03- - -5090 1/2 NPT (5.55) (2.13)
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
46
G1/2
G1/2
(For Sol. b) 50.8 (For Sol. a)
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through 1
E
Tank Port "T"
4 Places
Electrical Conduit Connection 336

"C" Thd. (Both Ends) (13.23)
102 132 0.5
(4.02) (5.20) (.02)
48 39
(1.89) (1.54)

(5.12)
130.1
(4.31)
109.6
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
70 Air Vent (Both Sides) 2 19

Manual Actuator (2.76) Mounting Surface
(.75)
6 (.24) Dia. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (O-Rings Furnished)
92
(3.62)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090
234 0.5
(9.21) (.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

417
■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Electronic
Circuit
X T A PB Y
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090 G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
Descriptions
1 1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 160 (42.3) 250 (66.1)
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 25 (3630) 25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure MPa (PSI) 3 (440) 3 (440)
Max. Pilot Pressure MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
2
Min. Required Pilot Pres. MPa (PSI) 1.5 (220)
at Normal 1 (0.3) 1 (0.3)

Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
at Transition 4 (1.1) 6 (1.6)
Voltage 24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V 36 W 36 W
Voltage 5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
Current Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
used in common with electric
power supply)
Input interface Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF) ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3) 10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
(for SOL a and b) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass 12 kg (26.5 lbs.) 15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.

2. Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.


G-DSHG -04 -3C2 -E -R2 -S -50
Series Valve Pilot Spool Control Modification Input Design Design

Spool Type
Number Size Connection (Omit if not required) Interface Number Standards
3C2 R2:
04 A B None: None: 50
With Stroke Adjustment,
G-DSHG : a b Internal Sink Type
Y P T X
Both Ends
G Series Shockless Pilot (Standard)
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot RA: Refer to
Operated With Stroke Adjustment,
Directional Valve, Port "A" End
Sub-plate 3C40
Mounting E: S:
06 a
Y
A B
P T X
b
External
Pilot
RB:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "B" End
Source Type 50 E
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

Sub-plate

Valve
Model Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx.
Thread Thread Thread
Numbers Model Mass Model Mass Model Mass
Size Size Size
Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.)
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" & Tightening Torque
N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. lbs.)
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
G-DSHG-04
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
G-DSHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)

419
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI MPa
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
200 1.4 Viscosity
G-DSHG-04- 3C2
3C40
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
1.2 Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
160 A T
Pressure Drop P
B T
1.0
P A For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
120 P B be obtained from the formula below.
0.8
B T
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.6
80
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
40 P A
P B
0.2 A T
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Shifting Characteristics
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0 G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
200 250ms
50 100 400 250ms
40 Volume "OFF T" Position Volume "OFF T" Position

150 80 300
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
0 0
30 5 60 5
100 10 200 10 10
20 10 40 5
50 5 100 0
10 0 20
0 0 0
0 ON
OFF OFF
SOL ON SOL
Volume "ON T" Position Volume "ON T" Position
Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0 G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM
L /min
150 70
40 500ms 240
60
125 200
30 50 500ms
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
100
Volume "MIN" Position 40 160
20 75 Volume "MIN" Position
30 120
10 10
50 8
10 20 80 8
25 0 0
10 40
0 0 0
0
ON ON
SOL OFF SOL OFF
HALT ON HALT ON
OFF OFF

Mounting Surface:
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
11(.43) Dia. Through 101.6 79.9 Pilot Pressure Port "X"

(4.00) (3.15) (For External Pilot Models Only)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 34
(1.34)

G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50 G 1/2
(2.75)
(2.87)
(3.58)
L'
69.8
72.9
91
L
(1.37)
34.9
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
(.06)
1.5
Cylinder Port "A" 50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through Pilot Drain Port "Y"
4 Places
263
Cylinder Port "B"
Air Vent (Both Sides) 1

E
(10.35) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
0.5 132 65.5 2 Places 48 Electrical Conduit Connection
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) (1.89) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(7.89)
200.5
(7.13)
181

(4.57)
116
L L'
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
Mounting Surface 2 50.4

(.16)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins

4
(O-Rings Furnished) (1.98)

204
(8.03)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 289(11.38)
SOL a SOL b

(1.30)
33

13(.51) Hex. Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
Fully Extended
93(3.66) 13(.51) Hex.

421
Mounting Surface:
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090 ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Tank Port "T"
255
(10.04)
50.5 130.2
(1.99) (5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
Solenoid Indicator
Light Model Numbers "C " Thd.
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50 G 1/2
(3.63)
(4.65)
L'
92.1
118
L
(1.81)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
46.1
77
(.51)
13
(3.03)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" 156
(6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Cylinder Port "A" 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
263 Air Vent (Both Sides) 1
(10.35) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Electrical Conduit Connection
0.5 132 65.5 2 Places 48 "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) (1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(8.72)
221.5
(7.95)
202
(5.39)
137
L L'
(1.61)
41
Mounting Surface 2 78.5 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

(.24)
(3.09)
6
(O-Rings Furnished)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a SOL b

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex.
(1.57)
40
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)

■ Pilot Operated Directional Valves

These valves perform a change over of spool by hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.
X Y
P
Specifications
Model Numbers
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Min. Required Max. T-Line
Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
1 1 1 1
DHG-04-3C -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2N -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2B -50 130 (34.3) 70 (18.5) 70 (18.5) 60 (15.9) 7.8 (17.2)
2 2 2 2
DHG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 11.2 (24.7)
4
DHG-06-2N -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 11.2 (24.7)

31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DHG-06-2B -50 140 (37) 100 (26.4) 90 (23.8) 80 (21.1) 11.7 (25.8)
2
DHG-06-3H -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 21 (3050) 1 (150) 12.0 (26.5)
3 3 3 3
DHG-10-3C -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 43.8 (96.6)
4
DHG-10-2N -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 25 (3630) 1 (150) 43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DHG-10-2B -40 460 (122) 300 (79.3) 220 (58.1) 200 (52.8) 45.6 (101)
3 3
DHG-10-3H -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 21 (3050) 1 (150) 51.6 (114)
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents 1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
the value in the flow condition of P A 388 for the List of “Standard Model and Maximum Flow” (DSHG-
B T (or P B A T) as shown in 04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
the circuit diagram right. 2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
In case the valves is used in the condi- information, see page 389 for the List of “Standard Model and
tion that eihter A or B port is blocked, Maximum Flow” (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
the maximum flow differs according to a A B Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
us for details. X
P T
Y information, see page 390 for the List of “Standard Model and
Maximum Flow” (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.

Consult us for the details.
Rated Flow Max.Operating Pres.

Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
DHF-16- -30 500 (132)
DHF-24- -26 1200 (317) 21 (3050)
DHF-32- -21 2400 (634)
Pressure Drop Instruction

Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot
Directional Valves. See pages 392 and 393 for the pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.
related information.
Pilot Operated Directional Valves 423

F- DH G -04 -2 B 2 A -C2 -RA -H -50
Spool- Special Model with Built-in
Type of Number Spool Control
Special Series Valve Spring Spool Two Pilot Choke Orifice Design Design
Connec- of Valve Modification
Seals Number Size Arrange- Type Position Valve for Pilot Number Standard
tion Positions 2 (Options) 2
ment Valve (Options) Line
R2: With Stroke
C: Adjustment,
Spring Both Ends
F: 04 Centred 50
RA: With Stroke
Special
Adjustment,
Seals H: 2 , 3 Port A End
for DH: 3 Pressure 3 3
Phos- 4 , 40 A , B RB: With Stroke
Pilot G: Centred
phate 2 5 , 6 Adjustment,
Oper- (Option) (Omit if C2:
ester Sub- 60 , 7 Port B End
ated not With C2
type plate 06 9 , 10 50 Refer to
Direc- 2 N: required) Choke P2: With Pilot 5
fluids Mount-
tional No-Spring 11 , 12 Piston, Both
(Omit ing
Valve Ends H:
if not B: Refer to
required) PA: With Pilot 4
Spring
Piston, Port A
Offset
End
10 40
PB: With Pilot
Piston, Port B
Refer to 1
End
1. For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.
2. For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.
3. Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 426.
4. In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve
should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
5. Design Standards: None.................. Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90...................... N. American Design Standard
List of Valve Type List of Options

Valve Types Option Code
Model Numbers
Three Positions Two Positions 3H C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
Spring Pressure No- Spring DHG-04-3C
Centred Centred Spring Offset DHG-04-2N
Spool Type Graphic Symbols DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
A B A B A B A B
DHG-06-2N
X Y X Y X Y X
P T P T P T P T Y DHG-06-2B
V
DHG-06-3H
2 3C2 3H2 2N2 2B2 DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
3 3C3 3H3 2N3 2B3
DHG-10-2B
4 3C4 3H4 2N4 2B4 DHG-10-3H
Note. Mark: Available
40 3C40 3H40 2N40 2B40 Mark: Not Available
5 3C5 3H5
6 3C6 3H6
60 3C60 3H60
7 3C7 3H7 2N7 2B7
9 3C9 3H9
10 3C10 3H10
11 3C11 3H11
12 3C12 3H12
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
424 Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Sub-plate
Valve
Model Approx. Approx. Approx.
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers Model Numbers Mass Mass Mass
Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10 DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
N. American Desgin Standard Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
E
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
DHG-04
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 6 473-585 (4186-5177)

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2) Pressure Centered Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring Graphic Symbol
centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with
stroke adjustment. A B
Graphic Symbols X V Y
P T
Spring Centred Models
A B
X Y Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )

When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
P T short and flow rate reduces
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment Stroke Adjustment

Screw (Port "A" End) Screw (Port "B" End)
Models with Pilot Piston (P ) A B
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed X Y
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of P T
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
Graphic Symbols
Additional Mass of Options
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
Spring Centred Models with Pilot Spring Centred Models if options are required.
Piston on Both Ends (P2) with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
kg (lbs.)
A B A B
X Y X Y With Pilot Piston With Stroke Adjustment
Model With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve PA RA
W V V P2 R2
P T P T PB RB
DHG-04 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1) 1.2 (2.6) 0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10 0.65 (1.4) 3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0) 3.7 (8.2) 1.85 (4.1)

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:
valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure
position (2B B).
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Model Numbers Graphic Symbols
A B A B
04 04
DHG- 06 -2B A X
DHG- 06 -2B B X
Y Y
10 P T 10 P T
DHG- -2B2A DHG- -2B2B
DHG-04- -50/5090 Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Pressure Port "X" Options

Tank
101.6 50.4 11(.43) Dia. Through Models with Pilot Choke Valve
(4.00) (1.98)
Port "T" 34 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface DHG-04- -C2
(1.34) 4 Places
T P
X Pilot Flow Adjustment
Screw 6(.24) Hex.
69.8(2.75)
34.9(1.37)
73(2.87)
91(3.58)
DEC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended
Y 9.3 10.4 59
A B
Cylinder (.37) (.41) (2.32)
(.06)
50
1.6
Port "A" (1.97)

7(.28) Dia. Through Pilot Pressure Port "Y"
(5.75)
146
Cylinder Port "B"

(4.17)

106
2 Places Chain line indicates Spring Offset

204(8.03) 21 Models (2B )
(.83)
65 69.5 48
(2.56) (2.74) (1.89)
Models with Stroke Adj. ( R )

Outside dimensions are the same as those of the
121(4.76)
main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

91(3.58)
Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 405.

(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
3(.12) Dia. For Spring Offset Models (2B , 2B A),

(.16)
Mounting Surface B
4
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.

DHG-06- -50/5090 Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Tank Port "T"

50.5 130.2 Pressure Port "P" Options
(1.99) (5.13) M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
13.5(.53) Dia. 53.2 Pilot Pressure Port "Y"
Through (2.09) DHG-06- -C2
20(.79) Dia.
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
Spotface
6 Places 6 (.24) Hex.
Fully Extended
DEC. 59 (2.32)
(3.63)
(4.65)
19.7 (.78)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
(.51)
(6.57)
13
167
(5.00)
Pilot Pressure 77
127
Port "X" (3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
156
(6.14)
Indicates Spring Offset
Cylinder Port "A"
Models (2B ).
Indicates Spring Offset Pressure Centred Models (3H )
255 52
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
95
(3.74)
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
E
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 405.
(5.59)
142
X A B
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), it
(1.61)

B
41
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,

directly connect it to the reservoir.
(.24)
6
Mounting Surface 6(.24) Dia.

(O-Rings Furnished) Two Location Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DHG-10- -40/4090
Tank Port "T"

77.5 190.5
Pressure Port "P" Options
(3.05) (7.50)
21.5(.85) Dia.
76.2 Pilot Pressure Port "Y" M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
Through
(3.00) DHG-10- -C2
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
(1.69)
43.1
6 Places 6 (.24) Hex.

Fully Extended
(7.80)
(6.25)
158.8
198
19.7 (.78) DEC. 59 (2.32)

43 (1.69)
(3.13)
79.4
(.77)
19.6
21.8 114.3 78
(9.06)
230
(7.48)
(.86) (4.50) (3.07)

190
233.8 Cylinder Port "B"

Pilot Pressure (9.20)
Port "X" Cylinder Port "A" Indicates Spring Offset
Models (2B ).
84 Indicates Spring Offset
384 (3.31)
Models (2B A).
Pressure Centred Models (3H )
(15.12) 48
(1.89)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
65 159.5 66.5
(2.56) (6.28) (2.62) Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
2-Eye Bolts Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See page 405.
46 (1.81)
(8.07)
205
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), in

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
(.24)
Mounting Surface directly connect it to the reservoir.

6
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Location Pins

List of Seals
DHG-04- -50/5090
DHG-06- -50/5090
DHG-10- -40/4090 6 8 15 16 17 13
2 11 5 10 1 3 14 9 4 12 7
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty
DHG-04 DHG-06 DHG-10
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 2
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P40 SO-NB-G65 2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DHG-04- -50/5090 KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06- -50/5090 KS-DHG-06-50
DHG-10- -40/4090 KS-DHG-10-40

■ Manually Operated Directional Valves

These valves may be used to manually
shift the spool position and change the
direction of oil flow.
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) Max.Operating Max. T-Line Back Approx.
Model Numbers 7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa 31.5 MPa Pressure Pressure Mass
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI) (4570 PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
1
DMT-03-3C -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 1 100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
25 (3630) 16 (2320) 5.0 (11.0)
DMT-03-2D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
E
Threaded Connections
300 {200} 2 300 {120} 2 300 {100} 2 At time spool shift

DMT-06 -3C -30
(79.3 {52.8}) (79.3 {31.7}) (79.3 {26.4}) is required:
7 (1020)
DMT-06 -3D -30 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 21 (3050) 12.9 (28.5)
At time spool shift
DMT-06 -2D -30 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) is not required:
DMT-06 -2B -30 200 (52.8) 120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 21 (3050)
500 {315} 2 500 {315} 2 500 {315} 2 At time spool shift

DMT-10 -3C -30
(132 {83.2}) (132 {83.2}) (132 {83.2}) is required:
7 (1020)
DMT-10 -3D -30 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 21 (3050) 22 (48.5)
At time spool shift
DMT-10 -2D -30 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) is not required:
DMT-10 -2B -30 315 (83.2) 315 (83.2) 315 (83.2) 21 (3050)
DMG-01-3C -10
DMG-01-3D -10 5
35 (9.2) 35 (9.2) 35 (9.2) 25 (3630) 14 (2030) 1.8 (4.0)
DMG-01-2D -10
DMG-01-2B -10
1 1 1
DMG-03-3C -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
DMG-03-3D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
25 (3630) 16 (2320) 4.0 (8.8)
DMG-03-2D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
1 1 1
DMG-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
Sub-Plate Mounting
3 3 3
DMG-04-3C -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7)
DMG-04-3D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 6 7.4 (16.3)
21 (3050) 21 (3050)
DMG-04-2D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 50 (13.2) 7.9 (17.4)
DMG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 6 11.5 (25.4)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-06-2D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50 420 (111) 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 200 (52.8) 12 (26.5)
4 4 4 4
DMG-10-3C -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 6 48.2 (106)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-10-2D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40 670 (177) 350 (92.5) 260 (68.7) 200 (52.8) 50 (110)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
(in.lbf.) Nm
Operating Torque
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum 12 1.5
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage). 8 1.0
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60. 4 0.5
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page. 0 0
0 5 10 14 MPa
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
See page 390.
T-Line Back Pressure
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
Manually Operated Directional Valves 429

F- DM T -03 -2 B 2 A -50
Type of No. of Special Two
Special Series Valve Spool-Spring Spool Design Design
Connec- Valve Position
Seals Number Size Arragement Type Number Standard
tion Position Valve
03 50 None: Japanese
T: C: Std. "JIS"
F: 06 (Piping size 3/4) Spring
Threaded 2 , 3 30 80: European
Special 06X (Piping size 1) Centred
Connec- 4 , 40 Design Std.
Seals for tion 10 (Piping size 1-1/4) 3 90: N. American
DM : 5 , 6 A ,B 30
Phos- 10X (Piping size 1-1/2) D: Design Std.
Manually 60 , 7 (Omit if not
phate No-Spring
Operated 01 required) 10
ester Detented 8 , 9 None: Japanese
Direc- 03 2 50
type 10 , 11 Std. "JIS"
tional 04 21 and Euro-
fluids G: B: 12
Valves pean Design
(Omit if Sub-plate 06 Spring Offset 50
Std.
not Mounting 10
required) 40 90: N. American
Design Std.
See the table below for combinations.
Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on page 431.
List of Spool Type

Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
Consult us for the details. DMG-04
DMT-03 DMT-06
DMG-01 DMG-06
DMG-03 DMT-10
Rated Flow Max. Operating Spool Type DMG-10
Model Numbers L /min Pressure 3C 3C 3C 2D 3C 2D
2D 2B 2D 2B
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) 3D 3D 3D 2B 3D 2B
DMF-10- -30 315 (83.2) 2

21 (3050)
DMF-16- -31 400 (106)
3
4
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C
40
Model Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Numbers 7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
DMG-04-3C2 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 5
DMG-04-3C3 180 (47.6) 90 (23.8) 70 (18.5)
DMG-04-3C4 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 90 (23.8)
DMG-04-3C40 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7) 6
DMG-04-3C5 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2) 40 (10.6)
DMG-04-3C6 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C60 140 (37.0) 70 (18.5) 55 (14.5)
60
DMG-04-3C7 200 (52.8) 75 (19.8) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C9 200 (52.8) 125 (33.0) 100 (26.4)
DMG-04-3C10 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 7
DMG-04-3C11 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6) 85 (22.5)
8
DMG-04-3C12 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 95 (25.1)
9
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models (3C ) 10
#1 #2 #3
A B 11
P T 12
No-Spring Detented Models
3D 2D
Position #3
#1 #2 #3 #1 (#2) #3
A B A B Position #2
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
P T P T Note: The mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
Spring Offset Models (2B )
#1 (#2) #3
A B
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B
and DMT -03-2B /2D .
G
P T
430 Manually Operated Directional Valves

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Offset Models

Graphic Symbols Model Graphic Symbols Model
Valve A B DMG-04 Valve A B DMG-04
Type DMT-03 DMT-06 Type DMT-03 DMT-06
DMG-03 DMT-10 DMG-06 DMG-01 DMG-03 DMT-10 DMG-06
P T DMG-10 P T DMG-10
2B2A 2B2B
2B3A 2B3B
2B4A 2B4B
2B40A 2B40B
2B5B
2B5A
2B6A 2B6B
E
2B60A 2B60B
2B7A 2B7B
2B8A 2B8B

2B9A 2B9B
2B10A 2B10B
2B11A 2B11B
2B12A 2B12B
Position #1 Position #2
No-spring Detented Models

Graphic Symbols Model Graphic Symbols Model
Valve A B DMG-04 Valve A B DMG-04
Type DMT-06 Type DMT-06
DMT-10 DMG-06 DMG-01 DMT-10 DMG-06
P T DMG-10 P T DMG-10
2D2A 2D2B
2D3A 2D3B
2D4A 2D4B
2D40A 2D40B
2D5B
2D5A
2D6A 2D6B
2D60A 2D60B
2D7A 2D7B
2D8A 2D8B
2D9A 2D9B
2D10A 2D10B
2D11A 2D11B
2D12A 2D12B
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C and 3D ) as the standard.

Sub-plates
Valve
Approx. Approx. Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Mass Mass Mass
kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.)
DMG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DMG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. Sub-plate dimensions appearing page
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish. Subplate Model Numbers Page
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valve s and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated DSGM-01 356
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages. DSGM-03 373
DHGM-04 401
Mounting Bolts DHGM-06 402
DHGM-10 403
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Japanese Standard "JIS" N. American Tightening Torque
Qty.
Numbers European Design Standard Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs.) Instructions
DMG-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 5-7 (44-62) Avoid connecting the
DMG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 12-15 (106-133) Tank Port "T" to a line with
M6 40 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133) possible surge pressure.
DMG-04
M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DMG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DMG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 8 473-585 (4195-5177)
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number
DMT-06, 06X
Type P A B T P B A T P T
PSI MPa 1 2 2 2 2 2
150
1.0 2 3 3 2 3 2 2
Pressure Drop P
4 2 3 2 2
0.8
100 3 40 2 2 2 2
0.6 5 3 2 2 2
6 3 2 3 2 1
0.4
50 60 3 2 3 2 1
0.2 7 2 2 2 2
0 8 2 2
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 2 2 2 2
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
11 3 2 2 2
12 2 2 2 2
Flow Rate

DMT-10, 10X Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa
150 1 2 3 2 3 2
1.0 3 3 2 3 2 2
P
4 3 2 3 2
0.8
Pressure Drop
100 40 3 2 3 2
0.6 5 3 2 3 2
2
3
6 3 3 3 3 1
0.4
50 60 3 3 3 3 1
0.2 7 3 2 3 2
0 8 3 3
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 3 2 3 2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM 11 3 2 3 2
Flow Rate 12 3 2 3 2
DMG-01
3C
Valve type
3D 2D 2B
Pressure Drop Curve Number
P A B T P B A T P T
E
3C2 3D2 2D2 3 3 3 3
3C3 3D3 2D3 3 3 3 3 2
PSI MPa 1
200 1.4 3C4 3D4 3 3 3 3
1.2 3C40 3D40 3 3 3 3

P
2 3C5 3D5 2 1 1 1 3
150 1.0
Pressure Drop

3C60 3D60 1 1 1 1 3
0.8 3
100 3C7 3D7 2D7 3 3 3 3
0.6
3C8 3D8 2D8 3 3
0.4 3C9 3D9 3 3 3 3
50
0.2 3C10 3D10 3 3 3 3
0 3C11 3D11 3 3 3 3
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
3C12 3D12 3 3 3 3
2B2 2 2 3 3
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
2B3 2 2 3 3
Flow Rate 2B8 3 3
DMG-04 Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa
1
2
2 5 2 5 4
175 1.2 3 3 6 3 6 5 3
P
150 4 4 5 4 5 5
1.0
Pressure Drop
5 40 5 4 5 5
0.8
100 6 5 5 2 4 5 1
0.6 6 2 3 4 2 1
0.4 60 2 3 4 2 1
50
0.2 7 5 2 5 5
0 9 6 2 6 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 L /min
10 5 4 5 5
11 5 4 5 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
12 5 3 5 5
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number Pressure Drop Characteristics Page Remarks
DMT-03 Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
371
DMG-03 (Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-06 393 3D is same as 3C
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-10 393
(DSHG-10)

69.7 54
DMT-03- -50/5080/5090 (2.74) (2.13) Pressure Port "P"
44 "C" Thd.
How to Change Lever Position: (1.73) 7(.28) Dia. Through
27 11(.43) C' bore
30˚ Cylinder Port "A" (1.06) 4 Places
10
"C" Thd.
(.47)
The lever position can (.39)
12
30˚ Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
be changed to any 4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
position in five
(1.06)
different positions
(2.76)
(1.81)
27
70
46
shown on the sketch in 30˚
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
(0.8)
Cap Screw and lever
2
once, set the lever at 30˚ 48.7
the required position (1.92) Cylinder Port "B"
and tighten it with the 108.5 "C" Thd.
(4.27)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw Tank Port " T"
firmly. 30˚ 193.8
(7.63) "C" Thd.
Position #1
74.5 Position #2 3 0˚ 1. Lever Operating Torque:
(2.93) 2 0˚ Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
27 Position #3 ˚
(1.06) 1 20
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72)
DMT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
(5.47)
139
DMT-03- -5080 3/8 BSP.F
(3.36)
85.3
DMT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
(1.82)
46.3
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
(.86)
21.8
26.8
39.7 19
(1.56) (.75)
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P" MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090 Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090 P
F
E
A B
T
R "e "
"f" Dia. Through D
"g" Dia. Spotface Position #1 Neutral Position #2
4 Places C C 40 (1.57) Dia.
Model Numbers "h" Thd.
Tank Port " T"
DMT-06- -30 Rc 3/4 Position #3
DMT-06X- -30 Rc 1
DMT-06- -3080 3/4 BSP.F U V
J
DMT-06X- -3080 1 BSP.F
K
DMT-06- -3090 3/4 NPT L N
Q
DMT-06X- -3090 1 NPT
a
S S
DMT-10- -30 Rc 1-1/4
DMT-10X- -30 Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10- -3080 1-1/4 BSP.F
Z
DMT-10X- -3080 1-1/2 BSP.F

d
Y
DMT-10- -3090 1-1/4 NPT

DMT-10X- -3090 1-1/2 NPT "h" Thd.
4 Places X X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
Model No.
C D E F H J K L N Q S U V X Y Z a b d e f g
DMT-06 50 30 126 47.5 24 320 255 137 118 107 33.5 86 76 9 40 25 250 100 63.5 12 11 17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10 66 40 160 62.5 33 402 320 173 147 135 40 102 90 12.5 50 35 300 120 78.5 15 13.5 21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)


DMG-01- -10/1090
DIMENSIONS IN

9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"
4 Places
71 22(.87):3C
R49 (2.80) 17(.67):3D ,2D ,2B
(R1.93) 40.5 11
Position #3 (1.59) (.43)
(1.22) (.03)
0.75
27˚
15.5
(.61)
(1.28)
Neutral Position #2
32.5
31
27˚
Position #1 Tank Port " T"

E
Cylinder Port "B"
The operating lever position can be adjusted as required
on the circumference by loosening the set screw.

Four positions are available in 90˚ increment.
5
(.20) 26 (1.02) Dia.
20 (.79) Dia. Lever Fixing Screw
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
(1.54)
39
(2.91)
74
(1.99)
50.5
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
48 (O-Rings Furnished)
(1.89)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

DMG-03- -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Cylinder Port "B"

Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A" 7(.28) Dia. Through
69.7 54 4 Places
(.47)
(2.74) (2.13)
12
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(2.76)
46
70
3
1
48.7 50.8 Tank Port " T" 1. Although the tank port is shown on the left
(1.92) (2.00) in our sub-plate either may be used.
108.5
(4.27) 2. The position of operating lever can be
193.8 changed as required. For the detail, see the
(7.63) DMT-03 in the previous page.
3. Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
Position #1
74.5 30˚
Position #2
(2.93) 2 0˚
27 ˚
(1.06) 20
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72) 2 (.08)
(5.47)
139
(3.00)
76.3
(2.32)
(1.82)
59
46.3
(1.06)
27
39.7 19
(.75) Mounting Surface
(1.56)
(3.62)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DMG-04- -21/2190 Tank Port "T"
130
14.2 (5.12)
(.56) 101.6 Pressure Port "P"
(4.00)
11(.43) Dia. Through 34 Cylinder Port "B"
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.34)
4 Places
(3.54)
(2.87)
(2.75)
72.9
69.8
90
(1.37)
34.9
Position #2
Position #3
(.06)
(.40)
32 50
10.1
32
1.5
40 (1.57) Dia. 7(.28) Dia. Through
(1.26) (1.26) (1.97)
Position #1 2 Places Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "A"
232.5 (9.15) 22.5
E
30 (1.18) Chain line indicates
202.5 (7.97) (.89)
R200 Spring Offset Models
59.2 (2B ,2B A).
(R7.87)
(2.33)
(1.97)
(4.06)
50
103
(1.26)
(1.18)
(.16)
30
32
A B

Mounting Surface
3(.12) Dia. (O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DMG-06- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
95.8 130.2
(3.77) (5.13) 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Tank Port "T" 53.2 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
(2.09) 6 Places
Drain Port "V"
T P Y
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
(.51)
Cylinder Port "B"

13
55.8 77
(2.20) (3.03) Cylinder Port "A"
Position #2 260.5 52
(10.26) (2.05)
30 (1.18) 57 57 34
Position #3 Indicates Spring Offset
(2.24) (2.24) Position #1 (1.34)
Models (2B ).
40 (1.57) Dia. Indicates Spring Offset

R200 Models (2B A).
(R7.87)
(1.57) (1.85)
(4.57)
47
116
(1.61)
41
40
(.24)
12.5 Mounting Surface

6
6(.24) Dia.
(.49) (O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins 156
(6.14)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DMG-10- -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
453
(17.83)
146.5 190.5
(5.77) (7.50) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
76.2 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
Tank Port "T" (3.00) 6 Places
T Y P
(7.80)
(6.24)
158.8
198
(3.13)
79.4
X A B
Drain Port "V"
19.6
(.77)
94.5 114.3
(3.72) (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
401 66.5
Position #2
(15.79) (2.62)
36 (1.42) 105 105 47.5 Indicates Spring Offset
Position #3 (4.13) (4.13) Position #1 (1.87) Models (2B )
40 (1.57) Dia.
Indicates Spring Offset
Two Eye Bolts
M8 Models (2B A)
R300
(R11.81)
(2.56) (2.36)
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
(7.09)
180
65 60

6
6(.24) Dia. (.85) (O-Rings Furnished)

Two Locating Pins 233.8
(9.20)

List of Seals
DMG-01- -10/1090
14 13 9 12 X 18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
Section X-X
X
19 3 8 6 5 23 2 1 21 11 4
E
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
22 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the
seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).

DMT-03- -50/5080/5090
DMG-03- -50/5090
28 20 3 14 29 30 10 9
26 17 25 11 13
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12 2 6 21 1 5 18 8 14 4
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 DMT-03- -50/5080/5090 KS-DMT-03-50
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 2 DMG-03- -50/5090 KS-DMG-03-50
16 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-A023 1
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for
DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.

List of Seals
DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090

DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090
22
5
14
7 21 13 15 23 16 2 4 17 1 26 24 12 25
18
19
20
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
DMT-06 DMT-10 DMT-06 - -30/3080/3090 KS-DMT-06-30
24 Packing UPI 32 40 6Y UPI 40 55 10Y 2 DMT-10 - -30/3080/3090 KS-DMT-10-30
25 Dust Seal DKI 32 44 7 10 DKI 40 52 7 10 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
DMG-04- -21/2190
DMG-06- -50/5090
DMG-10- -40/4090
A
28 26 9 22 23 10 33 36 17 1 6 33
31
22
15
28
Section A-A 24 A
21 2 11 29 32 30 25 29 3 20
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DMG-04 DMG-06 DMG-10 DMG-04 - -21/2190 KS-DMG-04-21
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P40 SO-NB-G65 2 DMG-06 - -50/5090 KS-DMG-06-50
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P22A SO-NB-P30 SO-NB-P42 4 DMG-10- -40/4090 KS-DMG-10-40
31 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P25 2
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.

■ Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type
Directional Valves are available.
■ Rotary Type Directional Valves

These valves are used to rotate the spool either
manually or by way of cam and shift the direction
of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated
in these valves prevents the valve from being
changed over by itself due to vibrations or any
other shocks.
Specifications
Model Numbers Rated Flow

Max. Operating Max. T-Line
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
E
Pressure Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) DRT Type DRG Type
DRT-02- D -20 DRG-02- D -20 16 (4.2) 7 (1020) 7 (1020) 4.7 (10.4) 3.4 (7.5)
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.

F- DR G -02 -2 D 2 -A -R -20
Special Series Type of Valve No. of Valve Spool-Spring Spool Operation Drain Design Design
Seals Connection Mounting Size Position Arrangement Type Type Connection Number Standards
None: Japanese
F: A: Std. "JIS"
T:
Special Reversing 80: European
Threaded 02 None: 20
seals for Dog Design Std.
DR: Connection Intrenal
phosphate 2 D: 2 90: N. American
Rotary B: Drain
ester No-spring Design Std.
type Type Reversing
Directinal Detented Dog & None: Japanese
fluids R:
(Omit if Valve G: 3 4 Manual External Std. "JIS" &
not Sub-plate Drain European
02 C: 20 Design Std.
required) Mounting
Manual
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position 2-Position Type 3-Position Type
Operation Reversing Dog Reversing Dog & Manual Manual
Type Operation Manual Operation Operation Operation
#1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #2 #3
Graphic A B A B A B A B
Symbols
P T P T P T P T
Model No. DR -02-2D2-A DR -02-2D2-B DR -02-2D2-C DR -02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table: Tank Port Back Pres. Torque
MPa (PSI) Nm (in. 1bs.)
2-Way directional valves 0 1.0 (8.9)
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port. 3 (435) 4.8 (42.5)
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves 441

Sub-plates
Drain
Connection
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (1bs.)
For Internal DRGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DRGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DRGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT
Drain DRGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 DRGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F DRGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT
1.9 (4.2)
For External DRGM-02-R-20 Rc 1/4 DRGM-02-R-2080 1/4 BSP.F DRGM-02-R-2090 1/4 NPT
Drain DRGM-02X-R-20 Rc 3/8 DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F DRGM-02X-R-2090 3/8 NPT
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
DRG-02 M8 45 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) ,
PSI MPa Valve Pressure Drop Curve No.
Specific Gravity 0.850
60 Type P A B T P B A T
0.4 1
2D2 2 2 2 2
Pressure Drop P
0.3 3D4 2 2 1 2
40
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
2
0.2
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
20 Viscosity
0.1 SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 L /min 2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation

DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090 151.5
(5.96) R38
Drain Port "Y" 58.5 (R1.50)
"C" Thd. (2.30) Position #1
External drain type 56 43 Position #3
only has drain port. (2.20) (1.69) 11 (.43) Dia.
Cylinder Port "B" 30 45˚ 45
˚
Through
Tank Port "T" (1.18) 17.5 (.69)
8(.31) Dia. C' bore
2 Places
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
80(3.15) Dia.
(1.02)
50(1.97)
10˚ 26
10˚
Dia.
76.5˚ 2 110
76.5˚ R1 47)
. (4.33)
(R
( 3. 0
)
94
5.2(.20)
10
Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P" 16(.63) 134(5.28)

36˚ 36˚
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Model Numbers "C" Thd. Type "B": Reverseing Dog and Type "C": Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -20 Rc 1/4 Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -2080 1/4 BSP.F 45˚ 45˚
DRT-02- D - -2090 1/4 NPT 1.50)

R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) R105(R4.13) R105(R4.13)
32(1.26) 32(1.26)
30 Position #3 Dia. 30 Position #3
Dia.
(1.18) 22.5˚ (1.18) 22.5˚
22.5˚ 22.5˚
Neutral Position #2
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
442 Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

DRG-02- D - -20/2090
Type "A": Reversing Dog Operation

103.5 Position #3
(4.07)
Position #1
63 25
82.6(3.25) Dia. (2.48) (.98)
45˚
Tank Port "T" 42 8(.31) Dia. 45˚
(1.65) 12(.47)
. 50 )
(R1
50(1.97) Dia.
R38
(1.02)
106(4.17)
26
Dia.
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
33.4(1.31) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through

Pressure Port "P" 14(.55) C' bore
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
5 Places
E
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates : DRGM- 02 - -20/2080/2090
02X

62.7(2.47) "H" Dia.
25
151 (.98) "C" Thd.
"F" Dia. (5.94) 22
82.6(3.25) 4 Places
4 Places 127 (.87)
(5.00) 11.2 "D" Thd.
(.44)
22.5
22.5
B T
10˚ 10˚
A P
"E" Thd. 11(.43) Dia. Through R12(R.47)

16(.63) Deep 36 36
17.5(.69) C' bore 106(4.17)
5 Places 2 Places
Sub-plate mm (Inches)
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. Remarks
Model Numbers F H
DRGM-02-20 Rc 1/4
M8 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F
M8 11.7 (.46) For Internal Drain
DRGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT
DRGM-02-R-20 Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4 M8 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-2080 1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F M8 11.7 (.46) 11.7 (.46) For External Drain
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2090 1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-2090 3/8 NPT

■ List of Seals
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16 6 17 9 4 11 10 8
12
15
3
14
13
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks

14 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 2 Included in Seal Kit
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P16 1 (Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18 5 9 12 4 11 7
13
16
15
19
3
8 14
1
15 17
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks

15 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 2
Included in Seal Kit
16 O-Ring SO-NA-P16 1
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)

■ Cam Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Flow

Max. Operating Max. T-Line
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
E
Pressure Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) DCT Type DCG Type
DCT-01-2B -40 DCG-01-2B -40 30 (7.9) 21 (3050) 7 (1020) 1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4)
DCT-03-2B -50 DCG-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 25 (3630) 10 (1450) 4.5 (9.9) 3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.

F- DC T -01 -2 B 2 -R -40
No. of
Special Series Type of Valve Spool-Spring Spool Roller Position Design Design
Valve
Seals Number Connection Size Arrangement Type Number Standards
Position
None: Japanese
F: 01 40 Standard "JIS"
Special T: None Y
Normal R DC -01 80: European
seals for DC: Threaded
Position only Design Standard
phos- Cam Connection 2
03 50 90: N. American
phate Oper- Design Standard
2 B: 3
ester ated None: Japanese
Spring Offset
type Direc- 01 40 Standard "JIS" &
fluids tional G: 8
Mounting European Design
(Omit if Valve Sub-plate
Surface Standard
not Mounting
03 50 90: N. American
required) Design Standard
Sub-plates
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (1bs.)
DCG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DCG-03 DSGM-03X-41 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)

Mounting Bolts
Model
Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
Numbers N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs)
DCT-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 5-7 (43-60)
DCG-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 5-7 (43-60)
DCG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4 12-15 (105-130)
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position

Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow
Model
Graphic Symbols Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)
Numbers
Extended(Offset) Depressed
A B P B P A
All ports blocked
DCT -01-2B2 A T B T
DCG 0 3 .8 4.6 9.5
P T (.150) (.181) (.374)
A B P B P A
All ports open
DCT -01-2B3 A T B T
DCG 0 3 .8 4.6 9.5
P T (.150) (.181) (.374)
A B P B P A
DCT -01-2B8 A&T ports blocked B&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .8 9.5
P T (.150) (.374)
A B P A P B
DCT -03-2B2 B T All ports blocked A T
DCG 0 3.4 3.8 7
P T (.134) (.150) (.276)
A B P A P B
All ports open
DCT -03-2B3 B T A T
DCG 0 3 .0 4.0 7
P T (.118) (.157) (.276)
A B All ports
P A P B
DCT -03-2B8 B&T ports blocked blocked A&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .6 4.7 7
P T (.142) (.185) (.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
1bf N
200
40
Actuation Force
150
20 100
50 Force
0
0
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 PSI

T-Line Back Pressure

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
PSI 1.2 Pressure Drop Curve No.
150 Model Numbers
1 P A B T P B A T
P
2 DCT-01-2B2
0.8
Pressure Drop
1 1 2 1
100 3 DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8 2 2
50 0.4 DCG-01-2B2
2 2 3 3
DCG-01-2B3
0 0 DCG-01-2B8 3 3
0 10 20 30 L /min
0 2 4
Flow Rate
6 8 U.S.GPM
E
DCT
-03
DCG
PSI MPa
2.5 1
350

300 2
Pressure Drop Curve No.
2.0 3 Model Numbers
P A B T P B A T
250 DCG-03-2B2 2 1 4 4
P
1.5 DCG-03-2B3 3 2 7 7
Pressure Drop
200 DCG-03-2B8 6 5
5
6
150 4
1.0
7
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.

DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
35.5 40.5
(1.40) (1.59) Pressure Port "P"
28.5 29
5.5 (.22) Dia. Through "C" Thd.
(1.12) (1.14)
9.5 (.37) C' bore 19 Cylinder Port "A"
3 places (.75) "C" Thd.
(.33)
9
(.03)
0.75
(.31)
7.75
8.5
(.35)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
48
(2.20)
55.8
B A
Cam and Roller Travel
Height of Cam
Ma 9.5(.37)
x.5
0
(.08)
2
Tank Port "T"
53 38.5
Position "Y" "C" Thd.
17 (.67) Dia.Roller (2.09) (1.52)
24 Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
66 (2.60)
(.94) 110 (4.33)
Max.
"C" Thd.
Cam
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
Stroke
4
(1.93)
9.5
(1.50)
49
(.37)
38
(.98)
Extended Depressed
25
T
(Offset)
13.5 Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(.53) 65
DCT-01-2B - -40 Rc 1/8
(2.56)
DCT-01-2B - -4080 1/8 BSP.F
DCT-01-2B - -4090 1/8 NPT
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with .
DIMENSIONS IN
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
56.8 54 Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
(2.24) (2.13) "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. 50 44
(1.97) (1.73) 7 (.28) Dia. Through
27 11 (.43) C' bore
(1.06) 4 places
Chain line indicates the 10
(.47)
Model DCT-03-2B -R.

12
(.39)
(.08)
2
Cam and Roller Travel

(1.06)
27
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
Ma x
Height of Cam .50
7 (.28)
(.08)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller Fully Extended

2
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
158.6 (6.24) "C" Thd. Cam
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
7
(.28)
(.24)
Depressed
6
(3.36)
85.3
8.2 (.32)
(1.39)
35.3
Max. Stroke
(1.06)
(1.06)
26.8
27
Extended
(Offset)
(.86)
21.8
19
(.75) Model Numbers "C" Thd.
92
(3.62) DCT-03-2B - -50 Rc 3/8
DCT-03-2B - -5080 3/8 BSP.F
DCT-03-2B - -5090 3/8 NPT

DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090 Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
35.5 40.5 Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "B" (1.40) (1.59)
28.5
(.61)
(.03)
(.31)
15.5
0.75
7.75
(1.12)
(.33)
(1.22)
8.5
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
(2.20)
31
48
55.8
Cylinder Port "A"
53
17(.67) Dia. Roller (2.09) 5.5 (.22) Dia. Through
Fully Extended 9.5 (.37) C' bore
110 (4.33) 4 places
Tank Port "T"
Position "Y"
(.12)
3
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
(1.93)
(1.50)
49
38
(.98)
25

(.53)
(2.56)
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B"
7 (.28) Dia. Through
56.8 54 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
Chain line indicates the (2.24) (2.13) 4 places
Model DCG-03-2B -R 50
(.47)
12
(1.97)
(.08)
2
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
73.3 50.8 Tank Port "T"

18 (.71) Dia. Roller
(2.89) (2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
(.08)
2
(.24)
6
(2.32)
59
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
19
(.75)
92 Mounting Surface
(3.62) (O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

■ List of Seals
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12 8
4 2 9 16 13 14 3 15 1 14 7 6
List of Seal Kit No.

Quantity Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers
DCT-01 DCG-01 DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090 KS-DCT-01-40
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090 KS-DCG-01-40
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 1 1
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16 20 19
17
21
15
23
22 5
9 4
13 18 12 8 3 2 14 6 7 1 11 10
List of Seal Kit No.

Quantity Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers
DCT-03 DCG-03 DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090 KS-DCT-03-50
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 2 DCG-03-2B - -50/5090 KS-DCG-03-50
12 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1
13 Back Up Ring SO-BE-P6 1 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 0 5
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number

Poppet Type Directional Valves
Maximum Flow U. S. GPM

Max.
.5 1 5 10 50 100 200
Operating
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Page
Pressure
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
MPa (PSI) L/min
Poppet Type Solenoid A B

Operated Directional a b 31.5 453
Valves P T
(4570) DSLG−01
b a
DSLHG−04
Multi Purpose 25 459

Control Valves (3630) DSLHG−06
T A P B Y
DSLHG−10
21
(3050) CDSC−01
Solenoid Operated X CDSC−03

Poppet Type 480
Y
Two-Way Valves 14
CDST−03※
(2030)
CDSG−03
DSPC−01
Shut-off Type Solenoid 2

DSPG−01
Operated Directional 25 489
Valves 1 (3630)
DSPC−03
DSPG−03
Poppet Type Directional Valves 451

Mounting Surface
Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.
Name Model Number ISO Code of Mounting Surface
DSPG-01 ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
Shut-off Type Solenoid DSPG-03 ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
Operated Directional
Valves DSPC-01 ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
DSPC-03 ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
DSLHG-04 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Multi Purpose
DSLHG-06 ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Control Cavles
DSLHG-10 ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design
Model change has been made on the following products.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design”. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers Mtg. Inter-

Name Page Main changes
Current New changeability
DSLHG-04- - -12 DSLHG-04- - -13

Multi Purpose Pilot valve (DSG-01)
DSLHG-06- - -12 DSLHG-06- - -13 Yes —
Control Valves changed to design.
DSLHG-10- - -12 DSLHG-10- - -13
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type The change of
Two-Way Valves CDS -03 -C- -20 CDS -03 -C- -21 Yes 488 solenoid ratings.
Shut-offf Type Solenoid The change of
DSP -01-C- -10 DSP -01-C- -20 Yes —
Operated Directional Valves solenoid.
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectors- peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
Characteristics and requirements.). to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
■ AC Solenoid
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re- heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. against transient voltage peaks are assured.
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid)
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for
Model Numbers Insulation Class
excellent DC control is employed.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated Class H
by miniature relays. CDSC-01
CDS -03
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that DSP -01/03
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
452 Poppet Type Directional Valves

■ Poppet Type Directional Valves

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of
the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids to
be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because
of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can
arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.
■ Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

High Response High Reliability
Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high
response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is elimi-
nated.
No Leak
E
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
ISO Comformant Mounting Surface

Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there
is an interchangeability with the conventiona l valves. This makes it

possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular
Valves.
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. T- Max. Approx.
Flow Operating Line Back Changeover Internal leakage Mass
Pressure Pressure Frequency Graphic
Model Numbers
Symbols
L /min MPa MPa min-1 3
cm /min kg
(U.S.GPM) (PSI) (PSI) {Cycles/Min} (cu. in./min) (lbs.)
A
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11 a
Or Less
1.9 P T
0.5 1
(4.2) A
16 31.5 16 (.03)
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11 240 b
(4.2) (4570) (2320) P T
Or Less 3.7
A B
a b
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11 1 2
(.06) (8.2) P T
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A•B port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Current & Power
Voltage (V)
Electric Coil Frequency at Rated Voltage
Source Type (Hz) Source Serviceable Holding Power
Rating Range (A) (W)
DC D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45
29
(K Series) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23
AC DC R100 50/60 100 90 - 110 0.33
29
Rectified R200 50/60 200 180 - 220 0.16
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 453

F- DSLG -01 -4 -O -D24 -N -11
Valve Number Type of Electrical Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Function Coil Type
Size of Port Conduit Connection Number Standards
F: O: DC
Special Seals DSLG : Normally Open D12, D24
3: 3 Port
for Phosphate Poppet Type C: N:
Ester Type Solenoid Operated 01 Normally Closed AC DC Plug-in Connector 11 Refer to
Fluids Directional Valve
(Omit if not (Sub-plate Mtg.) R100
4: 4 Port O:
required) Normally Open R200
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Piping Mass
Size Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs. ) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" 5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
M5 45 Lg.
European Design Standard [Applicable to working pressure more than
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Mounting Operating Force by Manual Actuator
No mounting restrictions for any models. N
lbs.
150
30
Operating force
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the 20 100
same time.
10 50
Valve Tank Port 0

0
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 MPa
possible surge pressure.

0 100 200 300 400 500 PSI
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Tank Line Back Pressure
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
454 Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e 3 P o r t V a lv e
PSI MPa PSI MPa
350 2.5 350 2.5
A B A
a b
b
300 P T 300 P T
2.0 2.0
P
P
A
1.5 1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
a
200 200 P T
1.0 1.0
P A
100 P B 100 P A
0.5 0.5
A T
B T A T
0 0
0 0
E
0 5 10 15 16 L /min 0 5 10 1516 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow rate Flow rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Test Circuit and Conditions Result of Measurement

(DC Solenoid) (AC DC Rectified)
Current
ON Waveform ON
Current OFF
Waveform OFF
a b
T1 T2 T1 T2
Pressure Waveform Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid Time (ms)

Model Numbers Remarks
Type T1 T2
DSLG-01-4-O-D 55 30 4 port valve, normally open
DC DSLG-01-3-O-D 55 30 3 port valve, normally open
DSLG-01-3-C-D 70 25 3 port valve, normally closed
DSLG-01-4-O-R 55 150 4 port valve, normally open
Pressure: 21 MPa (3050 PSI) AC DC
DSLG-01-3-O-R 55 150 3 port valve, normally open
Flow Rate: 16 L /min (4.2 U.S.GPM) Rectified
DSLG-01-3-C-R 70 150 3 port valve, normally closed
Voltage: Rated voltage

4 Port Valve Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11/1190

Pressure Port "P" DIMENSIONS IN
5.5(.22) Dia. Through MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
9.5(.37) C' bore
Cylinder Port "B"
4 Places
40.5 110
(1.59) (4.33)
(.03)
0.75
(1.28)
(1.22)
32.5
31
The connector can be moved to various
positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Cable Departure
Tank Port "T" Cable Applicable:
Cylinder Port "A" Four positions of cable Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
departure are available in 90˚ Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
increments. (.0023 Sq. in.)
263 48
(10.35) (1.89)
96.5 53.5 E F
(3.80) (2.11)
C
(2.36)
SOL a
(2.45)
SOL b
62.3
60
(1.50)
(1.26)
38
32
37.5 Lock Nut 22

Mounting Surface (1.48) Tightening Torque: (.87)
118 10.3 - 11.3 Nm
(O-Rings Furnished) (90 - 100 IN. lbs.) Manual Actuator
(4.65)
6 (.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
C D E F
108 64 39 27.5
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
111 57.2 51 34
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.


Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e : N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190 DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"
40.5 86 40.5 22.5
(.03)
0.75
(.03)
0.75
(1.59) (3.39) (1.59) (.89)
(1.28)
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.22)
32.5
32.5
31
31
Tank Port " T"
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Tank Port " T" 5.5(.22) Dia. Through
E
9.5(.37) C' bore 9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places 4 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Departure
151.5 151.5

(5.96) (5.96)
29.5 E E 72.5
(1.16) (2.85)
D
D
C
C
(2.05)
SOL b
(2.17)
(2.17)
SOL a
(2.05)
55.1
55.1
52
(1.50)
52
(1.50)
(1.10)
(1.10)
38
38
28
28
13.5
13.5
70 (.53)
Mounting Surface (.53)
(2.76) 70
(O-Rings Furnished) Mounting Surface (2.76)
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
C D E
104 64 39
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
(4.09) (2.52) (1.54)
107 57.2 51
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
(4.21) (2.25) (2.01)
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors
4 Port Valve
24 25
27 18 42 40 41 1 28
23
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13 4 5 14 16 15 19 2 3 6 7
3 Port Valve
8 9 10 5 25 28
List of Seals Change of supply voltage

Quantity The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers coil 21 only.
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve
List of Seal Kits
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 3 Valve Model Number s Seal Kit Numbers
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 2 1 DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
KS-DSLG-01-3-N-11
16 Back Up Ring 2705-VK414322-8 2 1 DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 1 DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11 KS-DSLG-01-4-N-11
Note 1: O-Ring of item 25 are included in solenoid assembly.
2: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

Valve Model No . 20 Solenoid Ass'y No. 21 Coil No. 27 Connector No. 28 Connector No.
DSLG-01- - -D12-N-11 SD1L-12-N-20 C-SD1-12-N-60
GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11 SD1L-24-N-20 C-SD1-24-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R100-N-11 SD1L-100-N-20 C-SR1-100-N-60
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11 SD1L-200-N-20 C-SR1-200-N-60

■ Multi Purpose Control Valves
The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and
Size of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines. E
Quick response, High reliability

Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,
there is no over-lap.
No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from
the seat parts.
Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system
By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing
of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and
stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type
poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system
can be also reduced.
For regenerative circuit

4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is
available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by
using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power
of system is possible.
The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard
The valves are interchangeable with our conventiona l valves in
mounting.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
X Y
X T T Y
Section X-X Section Y-Y
A B Flow Adjustment Screw
Spring
Main Valve
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
Multi Purpose Control Valves 459

Specifications
Max. Flow Max. Max. Pilot Max. T-Line Pressure Adj. Ratio of Poppet Area Approx.
Operating Pressure Back Pres. Range of (Seat Area: Annular Area) Mass
Model Numbers
L /min Pressure Counterbalance Direction & Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Flow Control Control kg (lbs.)
DSLHG-04-1- -13 15 (33)
DSLHG-04-2- -13 150 (39.6) 1:1 15 (33)
DSLHG-04-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 19 (42)
DSLHG-04-4 - - -13 150 {100} Refer to Model 20 (44)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-04-5 - - -13 (39.6 {26.4}) No. Designation 22.5 (50)
DSLHG-06-1- -13 26.5 (59)
DSLHG-06-2- -13 300 (79.3) 1:1 26.5 (59)
DSLHG-06-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 28 (62)
DSLHG-06-4 - -13 300 {200} Refer to Model 31 (68)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-06-5 - -13 (79.3 {52.8}) No. Designation 34.5 (76)
DSLHG-10-1- -13 59 (130)
DSLHG-10-2- -13 500 (132) 1:1 59 (130)
DSLHG-10-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 62 (137)
DSLHG-10-4 - -13 500 {300} Refer to Model 63.5 (140)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-10-5 - -13 (132 {79.3}) No. Designation 67 (148)
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.

F- DSLH G -04 -4 A -B
Type of Pressure Adj. Range
Special Series Type of Valve Counterbalance
Pilot of Counterbalance
Seals Number Mounting Size Function
Control MPa (PSI)
1
2
04 3
4 A : AT Line B: 1- 7 ( 1
- 1020)
5 W : AT & BT Lines H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
F: DSLH: G: 1
For phosphate Multi-Purpose Sub-plate 2
ester type fluids Control Valve Mounting 06 3
(Omit if not 4 A : AT Line 1 1
required) None: - 25 ( - 3630)
5 W : AT & BT Lines
1
2
3
10 4 A : AT Line 1 1
None: - 25 ( - 3630)
5 W : AT & BT Lines
See page 462 for functions
and purpose of use.
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
460 Multi Purpose Control Valves

Sub-plate
Valve
Model Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx.
Thread Thread Thread
Numbers Model Mass Model Mass Model Mass
Size Size Size
Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.)
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
Mounting Bolts
E

Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" and Tightening Torque
N. American Design Standar d Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
DSLHG-04
M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DSLHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DSLHG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 6 473-585 (4186-5177)
-E T -A100 -C -N -13
Pilot 2 Electrical
Drain Coil Manual Design
Connection Conduit Design Standards
Connection Type Override Number
Connection
AC :
13 None:
A100 None:
A120
Japanese Std. "JIS"
Terminal
A200 Box Type 90:
None: None: A240 None: N.American Design Std.
Internal Pilot External Manual
Drain Override 13
DC:
Pin
D12
D24
E: T: C:
External Pilot Internal D48 Push None:
N: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Drain Button & Plug-in European Design Std.
R: Lock Nut Connector
(AC DC) (Options) Type 13 90:
R100 N.American Design Std.
R200
A , -5 A ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.

2. In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 W W
delivery with us before ordering.

Function and Purpose of Use
Type of Function
Model
Pilot Graphic Symbols Pilot Operated Pressure Purpose of Use
No. Directional Control Flow Control
Control Check Valve Control
b a
DSLHG- -1
Functions as Three Position

Type "1" #1 #2 #3 Four-Way Valve (Spring
A B Centred Model).
PT
T A P B Y
A B
Position #1 #2 #3 Directional
Control Functions as Three Position
SOL a ON OFF OFF P T
b a Four-Way Valve (Spring
DSLHG- -2
SOL b OFF OFF ON A B Centred Model) as well as

Directional Two Position Valve which
Control
Type "2" P T uses positions #1 and #3.
Both Metre-in Effective especially when

To get a function of pilot operated the actuator has inertia
and Metre-out
check valve, the following conditions force.
T A P B Y are possible
should be fulfilled.
Internal pilot type
#1 #2 #3 #4
a b A B ("P " port pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure) Functions as Four Position
DSLHG- -3
External pilot type Four-Way Valve.

PT (Pilot pressure) =>
Type "3" ("A""B" ports pressure)
Position #1 #2 #3 #4 Regenerative circuit can be
constructed at the Position
SOL a ON OFF ON OFF
#3.
SOL b OFF OFF ON ON
T A P B Y
b a
DSLHG- -4A
#1 #2 #3 A B
A B A B
Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
PT
T A P B Y been added to Type "2" to
Type "4" make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3
SOL a ON OFF OFF
b a SOL b OFF OFF ON Used to control the back
DSLHG- -4W
pressure of the actuator.
A B A B
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y
a b
DSLHG- -5A
#1 #2 #3 #4 A B A B
A B Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
T A P B Y PT been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Type "5" Position #1 #2 #3 #4
SOL a ON OFF ON OFF
a b
SOL b OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back
DSLHG- -5W
pressure of the actuator.
A B A B
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y

Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Pilot Drain Port

Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function

When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type
valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
E

Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM L/min
4 15 DSLHG-10-2
Min. Flow Rate
3 DSLHG-06-2
10
2 DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG- 06 -4A

10
5 DSLHG-04-4A
1
0
0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Differential Pressure

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 m m 2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 4 PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 6 PSI MPa
D S L H G -1 0
1.0 1.0 1.0
125 125 P A 125 B T
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
0.8 0.8 0.8
100 P A, P B 100 P B 100 P A, P B
0.6 0.6 0.6
75 75 75
A T A T
0.4 0.4 50 0.4
50 50
25 0.2 25 0.2 25 0.2
A T, B T B T
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate Flow Rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions
D S L H G -0 4 D S L H G -0 6 D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
40
P: Differential Pres. 80
P: Differential Pres. P: Differential Pres.
150 300 130 500
140 120 P=21
35 70 (3050)
400
Flow Rate
250 100
120 P=14
30 60 80 (2030)
300
P=MPa(PSI)
100 200
25 P=MPa(PSI) 50 60 P=7(1020)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
P=21(3050) P=MPa(PSI) 200

80 P=21(3050) 40 P=3(440)
20 40 150
P=14(2030)
100
20 P=1.0(145)
15 60 30 P=14(2030)
P=7(1020) 0
100 0
P=7(1020) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10 40 20
P=3(440) Fully Adj. Screw Position
P=3(440)
50 Closed (Number of Turns)
5 20 10
P=1.0(145) P=1.0(145)
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Fully Adj. Screw Position Fully Adj. Screw Position
Closed (Number of Turns) Closed (Number of Turns)
Minimum Adjustment Pressure

Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure
to the value on the following lines.
4 4 4
DSLHG-04- DSLHG-06- DSLHG-10-
5 5 5
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
1.5 1.5 1.5
200 200 200
Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
150 1.0 150 1.0 150 1.0
100 100 100

0.5 0.5 0.5
50 50 50
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 25 50 75 100 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 L /min 0 100 200 300 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM


Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T "
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00) Pilot Pressure Port "X"
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
96(3.78) 34.1(1.34) (For External Pilot Type only)
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
35(1.38)
(3.54)
(2.75)
(2.75)
(2.09)
69.9
69.9
90
11(.43) Dia. Through
(.06)
50 1.6 SOL b SOL a
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A" Pilot Drain Port "Y"
281.8 (11.09)
263.5 (10.37)
(For External Drain Type only)
7(.28) Dia. Through
216.5 (8.52)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cylinder Port "B"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
"BT"
E
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) "AT"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) "PA"
"PB"
Manual
Actuator

SOL b SOL a 6(.24) Dia. 1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing left.
258.8 (10.19)
240.5 (9.46)
27
(1.06)
193.5 (7.62)
"BT" Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(1.22)
"AT"
(2.87)
31
"PB" DSLHG-04- - -13 G 1/2

73
(1.61)
"PA"
DSLHG-04- - -1390 1/2 NPT
41
(.16)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Mounting Surface

4
Flow Adj. Screw

(O-Rings Furnished) 3(.12) Dia. DIMENSIONS IN
Two Locating Pins
5(.20) Hex. Soc. DEC.
DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390 DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390

SOL b SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
278.8 (10.98)
260.5 (10.26)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. INC. "BT"

213.5 (8.41)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT" "AT"

140 (5.51)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PB" (2.87)
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
73
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended 283.3(11.15) Fully Extended
1 277(10.91)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above. For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390 3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09) DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a
326.8 (12.87)
Counterbalance Pressure
308.5 (12.15)
Adj. Screw
261.5 (10.30)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. INC.

"BT"
"AT" "AT"
136(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PB"
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78) Fully Extended
283.3(11.15) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-5W"
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 " drawing above. drawing left.
2

Mounting Surface:
1 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 2 - -N-13/1390 Plug-in Connector Type
Tank Port " T" Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00) (For External Pilot Type only)
96(3.78) 34.1
(1.34)
90(3.54)
35(1.38)
(2.81)
(2.75)
71.5
69.9
11(.43) Dia. Through 50
(.06)
1.6
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
7(.28) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "B"
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cable Departure
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Cable Applicable:
AC : 196.4(7.73)
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F The position of the Plug-in connector
can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After com-
pletion of the change, be sure to tighten
D
SOL b SOL a the lock nut with the torque as specified
left.
193.5(7.62)
Manual Actuator
E 6(.24) Dia.
"BT"
"AT"
(1.22)
73(2.87)
"PB" 31
(1.61)
"PA"
41
Lock Nut
3(.12) Dia.
(.16)
17(.67) Hex. Mounting Surface

4
Flow Adj. Screw (O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins

5(.20) Hex. Soc. DEC.
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-04- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
216.5
(8.52)
"AT" "BT"
"PA" "PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N 53 (2.09) 281.5 (11.08) DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-04-3-D -N 64 (2.52) 292.5 (11.52) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04-4W- - -N-13/1390 DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390
D
SOL b SOL a SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
E
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
Flow Adj. Screw "BT"
(5.51)
140
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
(2.87)
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
E
73
"PB"

96(3.78) 277(10.91)

Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, see

Model Numbers "DSLHG-04-4W- - -N" drawing left.
D E
DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N 53 (2.09) 278.5 (10.96)
DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N 64 (2.52) 289.5 (11.40)
DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N 57.2 (2.25) 292.5 (11.52)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390 DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390

3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09)
D

Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
E
INC.
"BT"
(10.30)
261.5
"AT"
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw

136
5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PA" "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
283.3(11.15) 277(10.91)

Model Numbers "DSLHG-04-5W- - -N" drawing left.
D E
DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N 53 (2.09) 326.5 (12.85)
DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N 64 (2.52) 337.5 (13.28)
DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N 57.2 (2.25) 340.5 (13.41)
DIMENSIONS IN
1 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -13/1390 DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390

2
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"
Fully Extended 130.2 "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
(5.13) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
97.8(3.85) 3 99(3.90)
53.2 (For External Drain Type only)
(2.09) (.12)
53
(2.09)
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
SOL b SOL a
306.8 (12.08)
(For External Pilot 77
288.5 (11.36)
(3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
Type only)
241.5 (9.51)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
20(.79) Dia. Spotface "BT"
6 Places Electrical Conduit Connection "AT"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
46 "PA"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(1.81) "PB"
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b 1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
27
283.8 (11.17)
265.5 (10.45)
(1.06)
drawing left.
218.5 (8.60)
"BT"
"AT"
90(3.54)
"PA" "PB"
(1.97)
DSLHG-06- - -13 G 1/2

(.24) (1.61)
50
41
DSLHG-06- - -1390 1/2 NPT

6
Flow Adj. Screw Mounting Surface 6(.24) Dia.

6(.24) Hex. Soc. Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390 DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390

Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL a SOL b
Adj. Screw SOL a SOL b
14(.55) Hex.
306.8 (12.08)
INC. "BT"
288.5 (11.36)
"AT"
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
165 (6.50)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PA"
"PB" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
Fully Extended 3 99(3.90)
309(12.17)
(.12) 53 DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
(2.09) Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
361.8 (14.24)
14(.55) Hex. INC.

343.5 (13.52)
296.5 (11.67)
"BT"
"AT"
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex. "AT"
Flow Adj. Screw
165(6.50)
6(.24) Hex. Soc. "BT"
DEC. "PA" "PA" "PB"

"PB"
1 For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W"

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above. drawing left.

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Tank Port " T" Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 130.2(5.13) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
97.8(3.85) (For External Drain Type only)
53.2
(2.09)
92.1(3.63)
(1.81)
46.1
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
(For External Pilot Type only) 77 Cylinder Port "B"
(3.03)
Cable Departure
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
Cable Applicable:
20(.79) Dia. Spotface Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
6 Places DC/R :204.4(8.05)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) F
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual Actuator
E
6(.24) Dia.
D
SOL a SOL b
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
27

Flow Adj. Screw (1.06)
218.5 (8.60)
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
E
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
(1.97)
(.24) (1.61)
50
41
6
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-06- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
241.5(9.51)
"AT" "BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-06-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 320.5 (12.62)
1

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390

309(12.17) 154.5(6.08)
D
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT"
E
"AT"
(9.51)
241.5
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)
"BT"
165
Flow Adj. Screw
"PA"
6(.24) Hex. Soc. "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W- -N"

Model Numbers
D E drawing left.
DSLHG-06-4W-A -N 53 (2.09) 306.5 (12.07)
DSLHG-06-4W-D -N 64 (2.52) 317.5 (12.50)
DSLHG-06-4W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 320.5 (12.62)
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1

2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) Fully Extended
Fully Extended 53
154.5(6.08)
309(12.17) (2.09)
D
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. SOL b SOL a SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
E
"BT" "AT"
(11.67)
296.5
"AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)

165
6(.24) Hex. Soc.

"PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC. "PA"
Model Numbers For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"
D E
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N 53 (2.09) 361.5 (14.23)
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N 64 (2.52) 372.5 (14.67)
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 375.5 (14.78)
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1
2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -13/1390 DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390

2
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 190.5(7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2(3.00)
Tank Port " T"
3 99(3.90)
Electrical Conduit Connection (.12) 53(2.09)
"C " Thd. (Both Ends)
158.8(6.25)
198(7.80)
(3.23)
79.4
SOL b SOL a
373.8 (14.72)
355.5 (14.00)
308.5 (12.15)
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface 114.3 Cylinder Port "B" "BT"
6 Places "AT"
(4.50)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A"
(For External Pilot Type only)
"PA" "PB"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
E
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-1 "
Flow Adj. Screw 2
6(.24) Hex. Soc. drawing left
SOL a SOL b
DEC.

Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex. 27 Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
350.8 (13.81)
(1.06)
332.5 (13.09)
285.5 (11.24)
"BT" Model Numbers "C" Thd.

"AT" DSLHG-10- - -13 G 1/2
132(5.20)
(1.77)
"PB"
45
DSLHG-10- - -1390 1/2 NPT

(2.83)
"PA"
72
DIMENSIONS IN
(.24)
Mounting Surface
6
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390 DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390

Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Adj. Screw
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
14(.55) Hex. "AT" "AT"

355.5 (14.00)
INC.
308.5 (12.15)

232 (9.13)

6(.24) Hex. Soc. "PB"
"PA" "PB"
"PA"
DEC.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390 DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390

3 99(3.90)
Fully Extended (.12) 53(2.09)
309(12.17)

Adj. Screw
428.8 (16.88)
14(.55) Hex.
410.5 (16.16)
"BT"
363.5 (14.31)
INC. "AT" "AT"

232(9.13)

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
drawing left.

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -N-13/1390
2 Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 190.5 (7.50)
Tank Port " T" 106.7(4.20) 76.2
(3.00)
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
198
(3.23)
79.4
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 114.3
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A" Cable Departure
(For External Pilot Type only) Cable Applicable:
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
AC : 196.4(7.73) Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F
D
SOL a SOL b
27
Flow Adj. Screw Manual Actuator
(1.06)
6(.24) Hex. Soc. 6(.24) Dia.
285.5(11.24)
E
DEC.
"BT"
"AT"
132(5.20)
(1.77)
45
"PB"
"PA"
(2.83)
72

(.24)
6
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-10- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
3 99
(.12) (3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
308.5 (12.15)
E
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-10-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 387.5 (15.26)
2

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-4W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
Fully Extended
309(12.17) 154.5(6.08)
D
Counterbalance Pressure SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT" "AT"
308.5 (12.15)
E
232 (9.13)
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
"PB"
E

Model Numbers For other dimensions, see
D E
"DSLHG-10-4W- -N" drawing left.
DSLHG-10-4W-A -N 53 (2.09) 373.5 (14.70)
DSLHG-10-4W-D -N 64 (2.52) 384.5 (15.14)
DSLHG-10-4W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 387.5 (15.26)
1
DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended 3 99 Fully Extended

309(12.17) (.12) (3.90)
53 154.5(6.08)
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. (2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"AT" "BT"
"AT"
363.5 (14.31)
E

232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw

"BT"
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC. "PB"

Model Numbers
D E "DSLHG-10-5W- -N" drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5W-A -N 53 (2.09) 428.5 (16.87)
DSLHG-10-5W-D -N 64 (2.52) 439.5 (17.30)
DSLHG-10-5W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 442.5 (17.42)
1
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

■ List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
T A T B
o rA o rP 14 o rB o rP
f
c ef ce SOL a SOL b
c ef c ef
ifi ifi 24 i fi ifi
Or Or 12 7 Or Or
13 13 13 13
Y Z
Y Z
Section Y-Y Section Z-Z
21
23 22
10 23
9 20 18 15 6 5 3 4 16 11 17 1 6 7 8 2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
26
24
Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty. Multi-Purpose 24
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10 Control Valve Pilot Selector Valve
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G40 4 Model Numbers Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1 CG-04-1-10
DSLHG-04-2 CG-04-2-10
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 SO-NA-P10 SO-NA-P16 4
DSLHG-04-3 CG-04-3-10
DSLHG-06-1 CG-06-1-10
20 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 SO-BB-P10 SO-BB-P16 4
DSLHG-06-2 CG-06-2-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on DSLHG-06-3 CG-06-3-10
page 478.
DSLHG-10-1 CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2 CG-06-2-10
Item 13 Orifice DSLHG-10-3 CG-06-3-10
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04 1.0 0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06 1.2 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
DSLHG-10 1.4 2.0, 2.5 1.4

■ List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve

DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290
36 37 33 32
PA
PB
AT
BT
r
r
r
r
fo
fo
fo
fo
ce
ce
ce
ce
i
i
i
i
rif
rif
rif
ri f
25 1
O
O
13 13 13 13
31 31
W Z
W Z
Section W-W Section Z-Z
28 30
30 29
16 12
19
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6 5 8 7 19 24 26 3
11
E
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290

DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290
5A
36
32 24 26
34
4
35
32
2 6 5 9 19 7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves Pilot Selector Valve List

Part Numbers Pilot Selector Valve
Item Name of Parts Qty. Multi-Purpose Model Numbers
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10 Control Valve
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G40 4 Model Numbers Item 32 Item 34
DSLHG-04-4A- CG-04-4A- -10
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30 2(1)
DSLHG-04-4W- CG-04-4W- -10
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-A122 2(1)
DSLHG-04-5A- CG-04-5A- -10
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 2 CG-04-3-10
DSLHG-04-5W- CG-04-5W- -10
24 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 SO-NA-P10 SO-NA-P16 2(3)
DSLHG-06-4A CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W CG-06-4W-10
26 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 SO-BB-P10 SO-BB-P16 2(3)
DSLHG-06-5A CG-06-5A-10
Note 1: The figures in ( ) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-5W CG-06-5W-10
5A.
DSLHG-10-4A CG-06-4A-10
Note 2: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed
on page 478. DSLHG-10-4W CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-5W CG-06-5W-10
Pilot Valve Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers. in section marked with .
See page 477 for the details of the pilot selector valves.
See the previous page for Item 13 Orifice.

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12 1 15 5 2 7 6 14 8 13 10 17 9
Section X-X
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
Section X-X
3 16 11 4 12 1 15 5 2 7 14 8 6 13 10 17 9
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16 3 14 8 13 10 18 12 1 15 5 2 7 9 6 14 8
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3 CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 3 5 5 SO-NB-P10 3 5 5
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 7 7 8 SO-NB-P9 7 7 8
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 2 SO-NB-P8 2 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 1 1 SO-NB-A014 1 1
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 1 13 12 17 29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
10 12 26 27 22 11 32 31 Y 26 16 14 18 21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10

CG-04/06-5A-10
1 21 15 14 16 26 13 12 1
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 18 17 1 29 23
8
Section Y-Y
7
5 Y Y
32 31
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
-4W- -4A- -5W- -5A- -4W- -4A- -5W- -5A-
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 2 1 2 1 SO-NB-P16 2 1 2 1
28 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-NA-P9 2 1 2 1
30 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-BB-P9 2 1 2 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Seal Kit Numbers

Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers For Pilot
Complete Kit For Pilot Valves
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13 KS-CG-04-1-10
DSLHG-04-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-2- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-CG-04-2-10
DSLHG-04-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 (2 Set Req'd)
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13 KS-CG-04-4A-10
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13 KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13 KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13 KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSLHG-06-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13 KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13 KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-06-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13 KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13 KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-06-4W- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -13 KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-06-5A- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13 KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-06-5W- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13 KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSLHG-10-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13 KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13 KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-10-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13 KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13 KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-10-4W- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13 KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-10-5A- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13 KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-10-5W- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13 KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.
See pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.
3: See page 344 for the detailed information on the pilot valves.

How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot I n t e r n a l P ilo t External Drain I n t e r n a l D r a in

(See Section E-E) (See Section D-D)
1) Remove pipe plug 1 . 1) Remove pipe plug 3 .
2) Remove pipe plug 2 . 2) Remove pipe plug 4 .
3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 1 , then fit the plug into 3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 3 , then fit the plug into
the port. the port.
4) In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the
sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around
the plug 4 and then thread it into the port "Y".
E
DSLHG-04

Pipe Plug 3 Pipe Plug 4 for
Drain Connection Selection
SOL b SOL a
Pipe Plug 2 for

Pilot Connection Selection
D
E Pipe Plug 1
E Section E-E Section D-D

D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for Pipe Plug 4 for
Pilot Connection Drain Connection Selection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1 Pipe Plug 3
SOL a SOL b
D
E
Thread "Y"
E D Section E-E Section D-D

■ Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet valve
operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of poppet type, the
internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about hydraulic lock.
Specifications
1 Max. Operating Internal leakage Max. Changeover
Max. Flow Approx.
Model Numbers L /min Pressure cm3/min Frequency Mass
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) (cu.in./min) min-1 (Cycles/Min) kg(1bs.)
2 or less
CDSC-01-C-D24-10 15 (4.0) 21 (3050) 0.25 (.015) 240 0.35 (.8)
CDSC-03-C- -21 0.5 (1.1)
or less AC: 300
CDST- 03W
03 -C- -21 50 (13.2) 14 (2030) 0.25 (.015) DC: 240 0.85 (1.9)
R: 120
CDSG-03-C- -21 0.85 (1.9)
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
2. When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is
restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric Frequency
Coil Type Source Serviceable Inrush Holding Power
Source (Hz)
Rating Range (A) (A) (W)
50 100 80 - 100 1.12 0.55 Graphic Symbol
A100 100 0.95 0.40
60 90 - 120 X
110 0.86 0.36
50 96 - 132 0.93 0.46
A120 120
60 108 - 144 0.79 0.33
AC
50 200 160 - 220 0.56 0.28
A200 200 0.48 0.20 Y
60 180 - 240
220 0.43 0.18 Instructions
50 192 - 264 0.47 0.23 Direction of flow when the
A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.40 0.17 solenoid is energised
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.20 These valves do not allow flow from
DC D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.10 26
(K Series) Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.55
At the time of test run
AC DC R100 100 90 - 110 0.30
50/60 26 At the time of test run, there is a
Rectified R200 200 180 - 220 0.15
possibility that the oil may not flow
CDSC-01 is available with coil type “D24” only. even after the solenoid is energised
Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be because of the residual air in the
removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.) valve.
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed. Mounting
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed. There are no mounting restrictions
(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.) for any models.
F- CD S T -03 -C -D1 2 -21
Special Seals Series Number Type of Connection Valve Size Valve Type Coil Type Design Number Design Standard
C: Cartridge 01 DC D24 10 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
F: CDS: European Design Std.
Type 03 21 90: N. American Design Std.
Special seals Solenoid C: AC A100, A120
for phosphate Operated 03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally A200, A240 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
ester type Poppet T: Threaded 21 80: European Design Std.
fluids Type Connection 03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed DC D12, D24, D100 90: N. American Design Std.
(Omit if not Two-Way AC DC Rectified None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
G: Gasket
required) Valves 03 R100, R200 21 European Design Std.
Mounting 90: N. American Design Std.
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS
CDSG-03 M6 60 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4Lg.
480 Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Pressure Drop
● CDSC-01 Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2 (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
200 1.5
X
Pressure Drop P
150
1.0
Y
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
X Viscosity
100 Y→ SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.5 Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
50
Y For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
X→
0 from the formula below.
0
5 10 15 L/min P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● CDSC-03
● CDST-03
● CDSG-03 ● CDST-03W
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
1.6
PSI MPa
1.6 E
200 200
Pressure Drop P
1.2 1.2
Pressure Drop P
X X
150 150
0.8 Y 0.8
100 100 Y
X X Y
Y Y X
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

0.4 0.4
50 Y 50
X
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit Pressure Detector
Condition Shifting time (ms)

Model Solenoid Flow Rate SOL "ON"(Open→Close) SOL "OFF"(Open→Close)
Pressure "P"
Number Types L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) T1 T2 (ex.) T3 T4 (ex.)
10 (1450) 15 (4.0) 21.4 44.0 29.0 38.4
CDSC-01 DC
21 (3050) 15 (4.0) 30.6 47.0 27.0 44.0
7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 10.0 86.0 20.0 44.0
AC
14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 11.0 43.0 12.0 54.0
CDS -03 7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 22.0 104.0 44.0 66.0
DC
14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 24.0 60.0 41.0 73.0
Result of measurement AC DC 7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 27.0 100.0 114.0 146.0
T4
T1 Rectified 14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 32.0 66.0 108.0 142.0
T3
T2
SOL
ON OFF
Time
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves 481

CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
(.20)
5
AWG 18
65 (2.56) 25.5(1.00)
(5.51)
Flying Lead Wire
140
48 19(.75)
(1.89)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 × 1 Thd.
Free Flow Outlet

24(.94) Dia. 10(.39) Port "X"
(2.17)
55
Free Flow Inlet
24
Port "Y"
(.94)
(.98)
25
Across Flats
14.5(.57)
24(.94)
R
Dia.
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
VOLTAGE
DC24V
12(.47) Dia.
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN
38(1.50) Dia.
30 Coil
(1.18) Core Tightening End Nut
Tightening torque Tightening torque
: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs) : 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
Details of Mounting Holes
0.3(.012) Min. 27(1.063)

0.2(.008)
19.6(.772) 1.5(.059)
19.4(.764)
Min.
12(.472)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Port "Y"
2.9(.114) How to Mount
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
2.5(.098)
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
Dia.
1.6 15° 1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.

20° 2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of
30(1.18) Dia.
the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface

22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
19(.75)
45° in the left drawing).

Dia.
Dia.
3.2 1.6
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
Port "X"
A
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012) M20 × 1 Thd.
6.2(.244)
0.1(.004)
6.0(.236) Dia.
16 Dia. A
(.630)
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.

CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
Models with AC Solenoids

44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
29(1.14)
(1.57)
Dia.
40
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
The position can be changed by 27.5 Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
loosening the nut . Be sure to (1.08) Tightening Torque
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
E
86
Three positions of cable departure (3.39)
54 20
are available in 90 increments.
(2.13) (.79) Space Needed to Remove Coil
Nut 19
(1.89)
Tightening Torque

(.75)
48
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
(2.72)
(1.54)
69
39
(3.47)
88.2
Coil
(.94) (.70)
24 17.7
(1.24)
31.5
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26 Free Flow Outlet
O-Ring Port "X"
16(.63) Dia. M30 1.5 Thd.
SO-NB-P12
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287) How to Mount
28.4 (1.12) When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
M30 1.5 Thd. Dia. A 1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
R 0.2 2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
(.14)
(R .008)
(.55) 3.5
of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( A

surface in the left drawing).
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
14
(.71)
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.

18
45˚
20˚
(.04)
14 (.55)
Max.
1
Dia.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.

CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids

47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
Nut
100.5 Tightening Torque
27.5 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
(3.96)
(1.08)
64 24.5
Three positions of cable departure Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.52) (.96)
are available in 90 increments.
(2.05)
15
52
(.59)
(2.96)
75.2
(1.54)
39
(.74)
18.7
Coil
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
DIMENSIONS IN
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
103.5 Nut
(4.07) Tightening Torque
34 57.2 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
24.5
(1.34) (2.25) (.96)
15 Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.05)
52
(.59)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
75.2
Coil
(.74)
18.7
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.

CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190 Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Models with AC Solenoids Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Three positions of cable departure (3.58)
(1.89)
are available in 90 increments. 54 25
48
(2.13) (.98)
Model Numbers "A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C- -21 Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21 Rc 3/8
(1.54)
(2.72)
39
69
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180 3/8 BSP.F
(4.67)
118.5
(4.18)
106.2
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
(1.43)
36.2
CDST-03-C- -2190 3/8 NPT
(.71)
(.75) (.73)
19 18.5
18
(1.46)
37
(1.95)
7(.28) Dia. Through Note: The position of cable departure

49.5
11(.43) Dia. Spotface can be changed. For the detail,

2 Places
refer to CDSC-03 on the
25 previous page.
7.5
(.30)
45
(1.77)
60
Free Flow Outlet Port "X"
"A" Thd.
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
49
(.98)
(1.93)
E
(2.36) 50
"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
(1.97)
Models with DC Solenoids Models with R Type Solenoids

101 104
Space Needed to Remove Coil Space Needed to Remove Coil

(3.98) (4.09)
(2.05)
(2.05)
64 25 57.2 25
52
52
(2.52) (.98) (2.25) (.98)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
(2.96)
(1.54)
75.2
75.2
39
(1.46)
(1.46)
37.2
37.2
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids". DIMENSIONS IN

CDSG-03-C- -21/2190 Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Models with AC Solenoids Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Three positions of cable departure
(3.58)
(1.89)
are available in 90 increments. 54 25

48
(2.13) (.98)
(1.54)
39
Free Flow
Mounting Surface
Outlet Port "X" Mounting surface should have
(4.67)
118.5
a good machined finish.

(4.18)
106.2
(1.43)
36.2
(.04)
Max. 11(.43) Dia.

(.75) (.73)
19 18.5
1
(1.95)
49.5
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
7.5 45 49 Mounting Surface
(.30) (1.77) (1.93) (O-Rings Furnished)
60 Free Flow
50
(2.36) Inlet Port "Y" (1.97)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.

■ List of Seals and Coil Ass'y
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
5 7 12 6 8 3 4 10 11 14 2 1 13
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Seal Kit Numbers

6 Coil Ass'y 2697-VK317470-3 1
10 O-Ring TK280163-7 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1 KS-CDSC-01-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number.

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190

CDSC-03-C- -21/2190
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190 1 4 3 2
12 5

9 13 11 6 8 7 10 14
Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with .
List of Seals List of Seal Kits

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P26 1 CDSC-03-C- -21
KS-CDSC-03-20
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 1 CDST-03 -C- -21
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 1 CDSG-03-C- -21 KS-CDSG-03-20
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 2 only for CDSG
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 1 Coil No. 12 Connector Ass'y No.
CDS -03 -C-A100 CSA1-100-20 C-CSA1-100-20
CDS -03 -C-A120 CSA1-120-20 C-CSA1-120-20
GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-A200 CSA1-200-20 C-CSA1-200-20
CDS -03 -C-A240 CSA1-240-20 C-CSA1-240-20
CDS -03 -C-D12 CSD1-12-20 C-SD1-12-50
CDS -03 -C-D24 CSD1-24-20 C-SD1-24-50 GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-D48 CSD1-48-20 C-SD1-48-50
CDS -03 -C-R100 CSR1-100-20 C-SR1-100-50
GDME-211-R-B-10
CDS -03 -C-R200 CSR1-200-20 C-SR1-200-50
Change of supply voltage

The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the coil.

Interchangeability between Current and New Design
Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS -03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Frequency
Electric Source Coil Type Source Serviceable Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)
(Hz)
Rating Range New Current New Current New Current
50 100 80 - 110 1.12 1.30 0.55 0.52
A100 100 0.95 1.08 0.40 0.39
60 90 - 120
110 0.86 1.19 0.36 0.47
50 96 - 132 0.93 1.08 0.46 0.45
A120 120
60 108 - 144 0.79 0.98 0.33 0.33
AC
50 200 160 - 220 0.56 0.65 0.28 0.27
A200 200 0.48 0.54 0.20 0.20
60 180 - 240
220 0.43 0.59 0.18 0.24
50 192 - 264 0.47 0.55 0.23 0.23
A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.40 0.45 0.17 0.17
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.20 2.40
DC
D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.10 1.20 26 29
(K Series)
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.55 0.60
R100 100 90 - 110 0.30 0.32
AC DC Rectified 50/60 26 29
R200 200 180 - 220 0.15 0.17
Interchangeability in Installation
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
Current: Design 20 New: Design 21
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge 86 Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
88 Hex. 19(.75)
Hex. 15(.59) (3.39)
(3.46) 54 20
48(1.89)
52(2.05)
52.2 23.6 (.79)

(2.13) Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.06) (.93) Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.72)
(2.96)
75.2
69
18.7(.74)
17.7(.70)
A
A
Body Body
DC/R Type Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from
circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.
Current: Design 20 New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06) DC:100.5(3.96)
DC: 63.2(2.49) 24
R :103.5(4.07)
R : 57.2(2.25) (.94) DC: 64(2.52) 24.5
48(1.89)
R : 57.2(2.25) (.96)
Dia.
A A
Body Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.

■ Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type
solenoid operated two-way directional valves developed to meet the
needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is
achieved by the poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate
Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test
32) is also available.
E
Port Port
"2" "1"
Graphic Symbol

2
1
Specifications
Shut-off Type
Approx.
Max. Operating Pressure
Max. Mass
1 Internal
Max. Flow Changeover kg(1bs.)
leakage
Model Numbers L /min 2 Frequency
Port "1" cm3/min
(U.S.GPM) Port min-1
(cu.in./min)
"2" (Cycles/Min) AC DC
"1" to "2" "2" to "1"
Flow Flow
3
DSPC-01-C- -20 4 40 or Less 0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
300
DSPG-01-C- -20 3 (10.6) 0.25 (.015) 1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
3
10 (1450) 16 (2320) 25 (3630)
DSPC-03-C- -10 80 or Less 0.9 (2.0) 1.0 (2.2)
240
DSPG-03-C- -10 3 (21.1) 0.25 (.015) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 489

F- DSP G -01 -C -D24 -20
Series Type of Design
Special Seals Valve Size Valve Type Coil Type Design Standard
Number Connection Number
F: AC
DSP: C:
Special Seals 01 A 100 20 None: Japanese Std.
Shut-Off Type Cartridge Type C:
for Phosphate A 200 "JIS" & European
Ester Type Solenoid Normally Design Std.
Fluids Operated G: Closed
DC 90: N. American
(Omit if not Directional Sub-plate 03 D12 10 Design Std.
required) Valves Mounting
D24
Solenoid Ratings

Electric Frequency 1
Coil Type
Source (Hz) Source Serviceable Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)
Rating Range
01 03 01 03 01 03
50 100 80 - 110 2.42 5.37 0.51 0.90
A100 100 2.14 4.57 0.37 0.63
60 90 - 120
110 2.35 5.03 0.44 0.77
AC
50 200 160 - 220 1.21 2.69 0.25 0.45
A200 200 1.07 2.29 0.19 0.31
60 180 - 240
220 1.18 2.52 0.22 0.38
2
DC D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45 3.16
29 38
(K Series) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23 1.57
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSPG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M5 50 Lg. 5-7 Nm
DSPG-01 European Design Standard
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 2 Lg.
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M6 80 Lg. 12-15 Nm
DSPG-03 European Design Standard
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC 3-1/4 Lg.
490 Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50°C(122°F)]
Maximum Flow Rate Typical Changeover Time

The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of [Test Conditions]
trouble in changeover. Pressure: 15 MPa (2180 PSI)
DSPC/DSPG-01 Flow Rate: (01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)
Models with AC Solenoids Models with DC Solenoids Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min Voltage: 100 % V
40 Direction 40
of flow Direction (After coil temperature rise and saturates)
10 10
"2" "1" of flow Direction of Flow: "2" "1"
"2" "1"
8 30 100 %V 8 30 100 %V ON
(50, 60 Hz) OFF OFF
Solenoid
Flow Rate
Flow Rate 0 0
6 80 %V 6 Poppet Shift
20 20 90 %V Max.
(50 Hz)
4 Direction of flow Direction of flow
4 T1 T2
"1" "2" 90 %V "1" "2"
2
10 (60 Hz)
2
10
Shifting Time (ms)

E
Model Numbers
T1 T2
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A 22 30
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI
Pressure Pressure DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D 69 14
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A 22 20

DSPC/DSPG-03 DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D 60 80
Models with AC Solenoids Models with DC Solenoids
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
100 100
25 25 Direction of flow"2" "1"
Direction
80 80
Shut-off Type
20 of flow 20
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
"2" "1" Direction of flow

60 60 "1" "2"
15 15
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
10 40 10 40
5 20 5 20
0 0 5 10 15 20 25MPa 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-01 DSPC/DSPG-03
PSI MPa
2.5 PSI MPa
350 3.0
DSPG
400
300 2.0
350 DSPG
P
300 2.0
Pressure Drop
1.5
Pressure Drop
200 250
200
1.0 DSPC
150 1.0
100 DSPC
100
0.5
50
0 0 20 40 60 80 L /min
0 0 10 20 30 40 L /min
06 82 10 U.S.GPM
4
0 5 10 15 20 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
2 obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity P' = P(G'/0.850)
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

DSPC-01-C- -20/2090 Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
Models with AC Solenoids Three positions of cable

93.7
(3.69)
departure are available in 0.3 30.2
90 increments. (.01) (1.19)
47
(1.85) 39 16 14.5 M20 1.5 Thd.
27.5 (1.54) (.63) (.57)
The position can be changed 10
(1.08) Cable Departure
by loosening the nut 2 . (.39)
Be sure to retighten the nut Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
after changing the position.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Dia.
(2.09)
Conductor Area Port "1"
(3.35)
53
.....Not Exceeding (.18)
85
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(.79)
20
Core Tightening End

Manual Actuator O-Ring
15(.59) Across Flats 1
6(.24) Dia. 22 4 SO-NB-A015
(.87) 2 (.16)
Nut Port "2"
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 - 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)

103
(4.06)
47.5 72.5
(1.87) (2.85)
(2.52)
64
(3.94)
100
(.94)
24
48(1.89) Dia.

DIMENSIONS IN
Min. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
6.3
Dia.
Min.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
14.5(.571)
18.6(.732)
18.5(.728)
Dia.
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098) 3
15
1 .6 30˚ Port "1"

(R .004-.012)
How to Mount
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
R 0.1-0.3
3.2
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
33(1.30)
Dia.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
Dia.
45
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
1.6
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3 A
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A Min.
Dia. 14.5(.571)
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
M20 1.5 Thd. Max.
20.5(.807)

DSPC-03-C- -10/1090 Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93

118.3
Cable Departure (4.66)
Cable Applicable: 0.3 46
69.5
Outside Dia. (.01) (1.81)
(2.74) .....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
27.5 39 16
The position can be changed Conductor Area (1.54) (.63) Port "2"
by loosening the nut 2 . (1.08)
.....Not Exceeding 22
24.95(.98)
Be sure to retighten the nut 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.) (.87)
after changing the position. Port "1"
Dia.
19.5
(2.43)
5 (.77)
61.8
(3.97)
100.8
(.20)
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Core Tightening End
22(.87) Across Flats 1
Dia.
(1.06)
27
4
Manual Actuator (.16)
6.3(.25) Dia. O-Ring
32 O -Ring
Nut 2 SO-NB-A018
(1.26)
SO-NB-A119
M27 2 Thd.
E
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)

141.3

(5.56)
95
(3.74)
Shut-off Type
(2.91)
73.8
(4.74)
120.3
(1.36)
34.5
69(2.72) Dia.

46.9(1.846)
DIMENSIONS IN
46.5(1.831) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
6.3
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0.3(.012) 3.5(.138)
3
0.2(.008) 3.1(.122) Port "1"
-2 ˚
0
˚
1.6 How to Mount

˚
30
3.2
(R .004-.012)
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.

R 0.1-0.3
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
15˚
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
36(1.42)
Dia.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the

Dia.
45˚
1.6 cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
A 3. A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.

0.05(.002) A Min. 4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
Dia. 3
22(.866) Port "2"
M27 2 Thd. Max.
35(1.378)

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-01-C- -20/2090
2 65
(2.56)
40.5 11
(1.59) (.43)
Port "2"
(.03)
(.31)
0.75
7.75
(1.89)
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
48
31
Port "1" 5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore
2
4 Places
128.2 Cable Departure
1
(5.05)
Cable Applicable:
74.2
Outside Dia.
(2.92) ..... 8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
27 39 27.5
Conductor Area
(1.06) (1.54) (1.08) ..... Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.09)
(3.54)
53
90
(1.93)
(1.69)
49
43
(.98)
25
Mounting Surface Lock Nut 22

Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm Manual Actuator
(O-Rings Furnished) (.87)
6(.24) Dia.
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
137.5
(5.41)
83.5
(3.29) 27.5
27 39
(1.08)
(1.06) (1.54)
(2.52)
64
(3.98)
101
(.98)
25
22
(.87)

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

DSPG-03-C- -10/1090
2
Port "1"
92
Port "2"
(3.62)
19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(2.76)
(1.81)
70
46
2
2
7(.28) Dia. Through

164 11(.43) Dia. Spotface
1
(6.46) 4 Places
Cable Departure 91
Cable Applicable: (3.58)
Outside Dia. 27.5 39 35
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
(1.08) (1.54) (1.38)
E
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.43)
61.8
(4.30)
109.3
(2.72)
(2.76)
69
70
(1.40)
35.5

Manual Actuator 32
6.3(.25) Dia. Lock Nut Mounting Surface 3
(1.26)
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm (O-Rings Furnished)
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
Shut-off Type
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN
187
(7.36)
27.5 114
(4.49)
(1.08) 39 35
(1.54) (1.38)
(2.91)
73.8
(4.78)
121.3
(1.40)
35.5
32
(1.26)

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
13
16 8 17 10 2
Solenoid assembly is composed of the

parts marked with .
18 12 11 7 5 4 6 9 15 3 1
List of Seals
DSP -01 DSP -03
Item Name of Parts Remarks
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
8 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1 SO-NA-P12 1
9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 1 SO-NB-A017 1
10 O-Ring SO-NB-A015 1 SO-NB-A018 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 SO-NB-A014 5
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 SO-NB-A119 1 only for "DSPG"
17 Back Up Ring 5701-VK413831-9 2 2691-VK418550-0 2
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 12 Coil No. 13 Connector No.
DSPC-01-C- -20 KS-DSPC-01-C-10
DSPC-03-C- -10 KS-DSPC-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090 SA1-100-N-6055 C-SA1-100-N-60
DSPG-01-C- -20 KS-DSPG-01-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090 SA1-200-N-6055 C-SA1-200-N-60
DSPG-03-C- -10 KS-DSPG-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090 SD1-12-N-6055 C-SD1-12-N-60
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090 SD1-24-N-6055 C-SD1-24-N-60
GDM-211-B-11
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090 SA3-100-N-5130 C-SA3-100-N-50
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090 SA3-200-N-5130 C-SA3-200-N-50

Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Graphic
Valve Type Pressure Page
Symbols
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI)
L /min
In-Line
(CIT) 02 03 06 10
Check Valves 25 Right Angle 498

(3630) (CRT/CRG) 03 06 10
Right Angle, Flanged Connection

(CRF) 10 16 24
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Pilot Operated Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03 06 10
25 504
Check Valves (3630)
Flanged Connection(CP F) 10 16
Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves 497

■ In-Line Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Rated Flow Max. Operating Pres. Cracking Pres. Approx. Mass
Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090 16 (4.23) 0.1 (.22)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090 30 (7.93) 25 0.04 (6) 0.3 (.66)
0.35 (50)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090 85 (22.5) (3630) 0.5 (70) 0.8 (1.8)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090 230 (60.8) 2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

CI T -03 -04 -50
Series Type of Valve Cracking Pressure Design Design
Number Connection Size MPa (PSI) Number Standards
02 50
CI: T: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
In-Line Threaded 35: 0.35 (50) 80: European Design Std.
Check Valve Connection 06 50: 0.5 (70) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
10 50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090 "D" Thd.

CIT-03- -50/5080/5090 B 2 Places A
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
Outlet Port Inlet Port
FREE
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "D" Thd.
A B
CIT-02- -50 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) Rc 1/4 DIMENSIONS IN
CIT-02- -5080 65 (2.56) 22 (.87) 1/4 BSP.F MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CIT-02- -5090 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) 1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50 76 (2.99) Rc 3/8
CIT-03- -5080 83 (3.27) 27 (1.06) 3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090 76 (2.99) 3/8 NPT
CIT-06- -50 95 (3.74) Rc 3/4
CIT-06- -5080 102 (4.02) 41 (1.61) 3/4 BSP.F
CIT-06- -5090 95 (3.74) 3/4 NPT
CIT-10- -50 Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -5080 133(5.24) 60 (2.36) 1-1/4 BSP.F
CIT-10- -5090 1-1/4 NPT
498 Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves

Pressure Drop
CIT-02
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-02-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 CIT-02-35
0.4
40
0.2
20 CIT-02-04
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-03
PSI MPa
E
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
80 0.6
CIT-03-50
60 0.4
In-Line Check Valves

40 CIT-03-35
0.2
20
CIT-03-04
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-06
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-06-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 0.4
CIT-06-35
40
0.2
20 CIT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-10
PSI MPa
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
CIT-10-50
80 0.6
60 0.4
40 CIT-10-35
0.2
20 CIT-10-04
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
In-Line Check Valves 499

■ Right Angle Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Type of Connection Model Numbers
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 0.9 (2.0)
Threaded Connection CRT-06- -50/5080/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 1.7 (3.7)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.6 (12.3)
CRG-03- -50/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 1.7 (3.7)
Sub-plate Mounting CRG-06- -50/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 2.9 (6.4)
CRG-10- -50/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.5 (12.1)

F- CR T -03 -04 -50
Special Series Type of Valve Cracking Pressure Design Design
Seals Number Connection Size MPa (PSI) Number Standards
T: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

F:
Special seals Threaded 06 35: 0.35 (50) 50 80: European Design Std.
for phosphate CR: Connection 10 50: 0.5 (70) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
ester type Right Angle
fluids Check Valve G: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
(Omit if not Sub-plate 06 35: 0.35 (50) 50 & European Design Std.
required) Mounting 90: N. American Design Std.
10 50: 0.5 (70) 50
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread kg (lbs.)
CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8 CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRG-03
CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2 CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CRG-06
CRGM-06X-50 Rc 1 CRGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F CRGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4 CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CRG-10
CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2 CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection
valves described below. Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
For details, contact us. Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Max. Operating Model Japanese Standard "JIS" Qty.
Rated Flow N.American Design Standard
Model No. Pressure Numbers European Design Standard
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) CRG-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
CRF-10- -50 300 (79.3)
CRG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
CRF-16- -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
CRG-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6
CRF-24- -50 1300 (343)
500 Right Angle Check Valves

DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "H" Thd.
A B C D E F
F CRT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
A 38
"H" Thd.
62 36 80.5 33 44
CRT-03- -5080 (1.50) 3/8 BSP.F
2 Places (2.44) (1.42) (3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
CRT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
CRT-06- -50 Rc 3/4
54
74 45 104.5 49 54
D
C
CRT-06- -5080 (2.13) 3/4 BSP.F

(2.91) (1.77) (4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
Dia.
CRT-06- -5090 3/4 NPT
E
CRT-10- -50 Rc 1-1/4

C 80
Outlet Port 107 65 130 65 80
Inlet Port B CRT-10- -5080 (3.15) 1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56) (5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
CRT-10- -5090 1-1/4 NPT
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
E
Inlet Port Outlet Port
H 6
(.24)
Right Angle Check Valves

Locating Pin
FREE
E
D
6(.24) Dia.
F
11(.43) Dia. Through Mounting Surface

C B J
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (O-Rings Furnished)
A
4 Places
Model Numbers Mounting Surface
A B C D E F H J
90 66.7 11.7 72 42.9 17.5 72.5 30
CRG-03 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(3.54) (2.63) (.46) (2.83) (1.69) (.69) (2.85) (1.18)
102 79.4 11.3 93 60.3 21.4 84.5 35
CRG-06 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(4.02) (3.13) (.44) (3.66) (2.37) (.84) (3.33) (1.38)
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

CRG-10- -50/5090
Inlet Port Outlet Port

97 6
(3.82) (.24)
(3.31)
(4.84)
84.1
123
Locating Pin
(1.66)
42.1
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
20.3 (.80)
11.6 96.8 40 Mounting Surface

(.46) (3.81) 11(.43) Dia. Through (1.57) (O-Rings Furnished)
120 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
(4.72) 6 Places
Right Angle Check Valves 501

■ Sub-plate
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
90(3.54) 13(.51) Dia.
2 Places Sub-plate Thread Size
10(.39) 70(2.76) 32(1.26)
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.
1.7(.07) 66.7(2.63)
20(.79) Deep 15 CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8
8.8(.35) Dia. Through 33.3 4 Places (.59) M10
14(.55) Dia. Spotface (1.31) CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F
4 Places
CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2
(3.23)
(1.69)
(4.02)
(3.54)
42.9
(1.41)
102
M10
(2.40)
(1.25)
(.83)
35.7
(.77)
82
31.8
90
19.5
21
61
CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
(.28)
7.1
(.39)
"A" Thd. 7(.28) Dia.
10
2 Places 10(.39) Deep
DIMENSIONS IN
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
102(4.02) 22(.87) Dia.
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090 2 Places
11.3 79.4(3.13) E
"J" Thd.
8.8(.35) Dia. Through (.44) 39.7 20(.79) Deep 15
14(.55) Dia. Spotface (1.56) 4 Places (.59)
4 Places 104(4.09)
(2.37)
60.3
(1.94)
(1.75)
49.2
44.5
(.87)
F
22
C
D
(.44)
11.1
"H" Thd.
7(.28) Dia.
2 Places
10(.39) Deep
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers A B C D E F "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
124 10 77 27 36 110 M10
CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F
(4.88) (.39) (3.03) (1.06) (1.42) (4.33)
CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-06X-50 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87) Rc 1
136 16 45 130 M10
CRGM-06X-5080 80 (3.15) 24 (.94) 1 BSP.F
(5.35) (.63) (1.77) (5.12)
CRGM-06X-5090 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87) 1 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090 140(5.51)
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090 12(.47) 116(4.57) 28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
9.6(.38) 96.8 E
11(.43) Dia. Through 7(.28) Dia.
(3.81)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 48.4 10(.39) Deep 19
4 Places (1.91) (.75)
126(4.96)
(3.31)
84.1
(2.66)
(2.47)
67.5
D (.83)
62.7
F
(1.66)
21
42.1
C
(.66)
16.7
"H" Thd. 11.6

2 Places (.46) "J" Thd.
120 20(.79) Deep
(4.72) 6 Places
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers A B C D E F "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4
150 12 96 30 45 135 M10
CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.91) (.47) (3.78) (1.18) (1.77) (5.31)
CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2
177 25.5 104 22 50 167 M10
CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.97) (1.00) (4.09) (.87) (1.97) (6.57)
CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
502 Right Angle Check Valves

Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03 CRG-03
PSI MPa
PSI MPa
140 1.0 1.0
CRT-03-50 140
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
120 0.8 120 CRG-03-50

0.8
80 0.6 0.6
80
0.4 CRT-03-35
0.4
40 CRT-03-04 40 CRG-03-35
0.2 0.2 CRG-03-04
0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
CRT-06 CRG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
200 1.4 200 1.4
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2
E
1.2
CRT-06-50 150 CRG-06-50
150 1.0 1.0
0.8 0.8
100 100
0.6 0.6 CRG-06-35
CRT-06-35
50 0.4 50 0.4 CRG-06-04
0.2 CRT-06-04 0.2
0 0 0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
Right Angle Check Valves

0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
CRT-10 CRG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
200 1.4 175 1.2
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2 CRT-10-50 150 1.0 CRG-10-50

150 1.0
0.8
0.8 100
100 CRT-10-35 0.6
0.6 CRG-10-35
0.4 50 0.4
50 CRT-10-04 CRG-10-04
0.2 0.2
0 0 0 0
0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
5 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
Part Numbers
4 Item Name of Parts Qty.
CRT-03 CRT-06 CRT-10
8
6
3 Seal Kit KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
2 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
1 above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
5
CRG-10-50/5090 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
9 Part Numbers
6 CRG-03 CRG-06 CRG-10
4 7 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P24 SO-NB-P32 1
3 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
1
Seal Kit KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
2
8 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
10
Right Angle Check Valves 503

■ Pilot Operated Check Valves
These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure
to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.
Graphic Symbols
Internal Drain Type External Drain Type
Specifications
Type of Connection Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.0 (6.6)
0.2 (29)
Threaded Connection CPT/CPDT-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.5 (12.1)
0.35 (50)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 9.6 (21.2)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.3 (7.3)
0.2 (29)
Sub-plate Mounting CPG/CPDG-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.4 (11.9)
0.35 (50)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 8.5 (18.7)
Model Number Designatioin

F- CP T 03 -E -04 -50
Special Series Type of Valve Drain Cracking Pres. Design Design
Seals Number Connection Size Connection MPa (PSI) Number Standards
CP: T: 03 None: 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
F:
Pilot Operated Threaded 06 Internal 04: 0.04 (6) 50 80: European Design Std.
Special Seals
Check Valve Connection Drain
for Phosphate 10 20: 0.2 (29) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
Ester Type CPD:
Fluids Decompression G: 03 E: 35: 0.35 (50) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
(Omit if not Type Pilot 06 50: 0.5 (70) 50
Sub-plate External European Design Std.
required) Operated
Mounting 10 Drain 50 90: N. American Design Std.
Check Valve
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included. described below.
For details, contact us.
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Japanese Standard "JIS" & N.American Qty. Max. Operating
Numbers Rated Flow
European Design Standard Design Standard Model Numbers Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CP G-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 MPa (PSI)
CP G-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 CP F-10- - -50 250 (66) 25 (3630)
CP G-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6 CP F-16- - -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
504 Pilot Operated Check Valves

Sub-plate
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CP G-03
HGM-03X-20 Rc1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CP G-06
HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CP G-10
HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Instructions
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
Pilot Operated Check Valves

the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
P2
to use the external drain type.
DR
Minimum pilot pressure characteristics P1
P2
That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P2 in the reversed
free flow. P1
This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.
Cautionson replacementof 20 design low crackingpressure
t y p e v a lv e s w it h 5 0 d e s ig n v a lv e s .
In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI) (Fig.a) (Fig.b)
(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was
necessar y to introduc e the pressurize d oil into the drain port to
push down the piston compulsory.
While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6
WARNING
PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed
completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
into the drain port. On the contrary , what is worse is that if the
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards accident.
the direction o f opening the valve, which i s very dangerous and
has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any
pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.
Pilot Operated Check Valves 505

CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
H
J
FREE
F
D
L
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Outlet Port
K
E
"N" Thd.
Drain Port
C "P" Thd.
B Free Flow Outlet or
Reversed Controlled
A Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd. Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L "N" Thd. "P" Thd.
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
38
80 40 39 150.5 84.5 60 29 67.5 26.5
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080 (1.50) 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33) (2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
Dia.
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
62
96 48 47 171.5 92.5 72 35 75.5 31
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080 (2.44) 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64) (2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
SQ.
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4
80
140 70 64 203.5 113 82 40 96 43
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080 (3.15) 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45) (3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
SQ.
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090 1-1/4 NPT 1/4NPT

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A H 6
(.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed C B J
Controlled Flow Inlet Port
E
D
FREE Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.
Pilot Port Mounting Surface

F
Drain Port
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
11(.43) Dia. Through Free Flow Inlet or
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Reversed Controlled
4 Places Flow Outlet Port

Model Numbers Mounting Surface
A B C D E F H J
90 66.7 11.7 150.5 42.9 66 62 30
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(3.54) (2.63) (.46) (5.93) (1.69) (2.60) (2.44) (1.18)
102 79.4 11.3 171.5 60.3 67.5 74 35
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(4.02) (3.13) (.44) (6.75) (2.37) (2.66) (2.91) (1.38)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090 Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
DIMENSIONS IN
119 89 6
(4.69) (3.50) (.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed 11.1 96.8 40
Controlled Flow Inlet Port (.44) (3.81) (1.57)
Drain Port
(3.31)
Locating Pin
84.1
(8.01)
203.5
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
(1.66)
42.1
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
(2.76)
70
Pilot Port
Free Flow Inlet or

11(.43) Dia. Through
Reversed Controlled
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Flow Outlet Port
6 Places

Pressure Drop
CPT-03, CPDT-03 CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI MPa PSI MPa
175 1.2 1.0
CP T-03- -50 140
150 CP G-03- -50
120
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
CP T-03- -35 0.8

CP T-03- -20 CP G-03- -35
0.8 100
100 80 CP G-03- -20
CP T-03- -04
60 0.4
0.4 CP G-03- -04
50 40
Reversed
Controlled Flow 20 Reversed
0 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate

PSI MPa PSI MPa
225 1.6 200 1.4
CP T-06- -50 CP G-06- -50
200 1.2
CP T-06- -35 CP G-06- -35
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2 150
150 CP T-06- -20 CP G-06- -20
0.8
0.8 CP T-06- -04 100
100
CP G-06- -04
0.4 50 0.4
50
Reversed Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1.8 300 2.0
250 CP T-10- -50 CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.5 250
Pressure Drop ΔP
200 CP T-10- -35 1.6

Pressure Drop ΔP
CP G-10- -35
1.2 200
150 CP T-10- -20 1.2
CP T-10- -04 CP G-10- -20
0.9 150
100 0.8
0.6 100
50 0.3 50 0.4 Reversed
Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
Min. Pilot Pressure Chart

PSI MPa
1700 12
1600
Minimum Pilot Pressure (PP)
10
1400 Cracking Pressure
P2 P2 0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
P1 P1 0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
1200
8
PP PP
1000
6
800
P2
600 4 P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
400 0.04 MPa (6 PSI) PP
2
200 A
A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 PSI
Supply Pressure (P2)
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-03, CPDG-03 CPDT-06, CPDG-06 CPDT-10, CPDG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
3500 25 3500 25 3500 25
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
3000 20 3000 20 3000 20
2000 15 2000 15 15
2000
10 10 10
1000 1000 1000
5 5 5
0 0 0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM


■ List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1 19
10
4 20
16
3 21
2 18
7
6 17 CPDT-03/06/10
8 11
13 15
9
List of Seals
E
Part Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03 CPT/CPDT-06 CPT/CPDT-10

13 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
5
4
1 14
22
3 19
23
20 10
12 24
2 21
7
CPDG-03/06/10
13
6
8
15
16 18 11
9 List of Seals
Part Numbers
CPG/CPDG-03 CPG/CPDG-06 CPG/CPDG-10
15 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-03-50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-06-50
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-10-50
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-03-50
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-06-50
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-10-50

510

E Directional Controls PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

E Directional Controls PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331

“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331

Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331

Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451

Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497

● Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

● Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

●" " Series Shockless Type Directional Valves

● Pilot /Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

● Poppet Type Directional Valves

● Check /Pilot Controlled Check Valves

328 Directional Valves

Type of Fluids Remarks

Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.

Name Viscosity Oil Temperature

Directional Valves 329

330 Directional Valves

Directional Valves a b 35 (5080) DSG−01

Directional Valves 25 (3600) T−S−DSG−03 379

Solenoid Controlled 25 (3600) DSHG−03

Directional Valves 331

Spool Type Graphic Symbols Schematic Drawing Functions and Applications

A B Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.

332 Directional Valves

Model Numbers ISO Code of Mounting Surface

Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design

Model change has been made on the following product.

Model Numbers Interchangeability Related

Directional Valves 333

G : Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable] S H

Pressure MPa (PSI)

334 Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled

valve be used on a regular basis. 10 50 05

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves 335

Plug-in Connector Type

Max. Operating Max. Tank-Line Max. Changeover

DSG-005-3C - -40/4090 15 25 7 0.5 (1.1)

Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage

50 80 – 110 0.36 0.16

336 DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Model Number Designation

None: Flying Lead

Operated Directional Valves

■ Typical Changeover Time (Example)

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 337

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

P T P A [ Port "B" Blocked] P B [ Port "A" Blocked]

15(14) 14(9) 8(4) 4(0.5)

( Example ) 50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

P T P A [ Port "B" Blocked] P B [ Port "A" Blocked]

DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 8.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 15

( Example ) At rated voltage

338 DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

P T P A [ Port "B" Blocked] P B [ Port "A" Blocked]

DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 .5 .3 .3 .3

( Example ) 50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

Operated Directional Valves

DSG-005 Series Solenoid